T2700G-28TQ_V1_CLI_Reference_Guide

T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable
L2+ Managed Switch
REV1.0.0
1910011125
COPYRIGHT & TRADEMARKS
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
is a registered trademark of
TP-LINK TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. Other brands and product names are trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective holders.
No part of the specifications may be reproduced in any form or by any means or used to make any
derivative such as translation, transformation, or adaptation without permission from TP-LINK
TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. Copyright © 2014 TP-LINK TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights
reserved.
http://www.tp-link.com
I
CONTENTS
Preface
.............................................................................................................. 1
Chapter 1
Using the CLI ......................................................................................... 5
1.1 Accessing the CLI ............................................................................................................... 5
1.1.1
Logon by a console port ...................................................................................... 5
1.1.2
Configuring the Privileged EXEC Mode Password ............................................. 8
1.1.3
Logon by Telnet ................................................................................................... 8
1.1.4
Logon by SSH ................................................................................................... 13
1.2 CLI Command Modes .................................................................................................... 18
1.3 Security Levels ............................................................................................................... 21
1.4 Conventions.................................................................................................................... 22
1.4.1
Format Conventions .......................................................................................... 22
1.4.2
Special Characters ............................................................................................ 22
1.4.3
Parameter Format ............................................................................................. 22
Chapter 2
User Interface ...................................................................................... 23
enable...................................................................................................................................... 23
service password-encryption .................................................................................................. 23
enable password ..................................................................................................................... 24
enable secret ........................................................................................................................... 25
disable ..................................................................................................................................... 26
configure.................................................................................................................................. 26
exit ........................................................................................................................................... 27
end........................................................................................................................................... 27
history ...................................................................................................................................... 28
history clear ............................................................................................................................. 28
Chapter 3
Stack.................................................................................................... 29
switch priority........................................................................................................................... 29
switch renumber ...................................................................................................................... 29
switch authentication-mode .................................................................................................... 30
switch stack-name ................................................................................................................... 31
switch stack-port...................................................................................................................... 32
show switch ............................................................................................................................. 32
Chapter 4
IEEE 802.1Q VLAN Commands .......................................................... 34
vlan .......................................................................................................................................... 34
II
interface vlan ........................................................................................................................... 35
name ....................................................................................................................................... 35
switchport mode ...................................................................................................................... 36
switchport access vlan ............................................................................................................ 36
switchport trunk allowed vlan .................................................................................................. 37
switchport general allowed vlan .............................................................................................. 38
switchport pvid ........................................................................................................................ 39
show interface switchport........................................................................................................ 39
show vlan summary ................................................................................................................ 40
show vlan brief ........................................................................................................................ 40
show vlan ................................................................................................................................ 41
Chapter 5
MAC-based VLAN Commands ............................................................ 42
mac-vlan mac-address ............................................................................................................ 42
mac-vlan .................................................................................................................................. 43
show mac-vlan ........................................................................................................................ 43
show mac-vlan interface ......................................................................................................... 44
Chapter 6
Protocol-based VLAN Commands ....................................................... 45
protocol-vlan template ............................................................................................................. 45
protocol-vlan vlan .................................................................................................................... 46
protocol-vlan group ................................................................................................................. 46
show protocol-vlan template ................................................................................................... 47
show protocol-vlan vlan........................................................................................................... 48
Chapter 7
VLAN-VPN Commands ....................................................................... 49
dot1q-tunnel ............................................................................................................................ 49
dot1q-tunnel tpid ..................................................................................................................... 49
dot1q-tunnel mapping ............................................................................................................. 50
switchport dot1q-tunnel mapping ............................................................................................ 50
switchport dot1q-tunnel mode ................................................................................................. 51
show dot1q-tunnel ................................................................................................................... 52
show dot1q-tunnel mapping .................................................................................................... 52
show dot1q-tunnel interface .................................................................................................... 53
Chapter 8
Voice VLAN Commands ...................................................................... 54
voice vlan ................................................................................................................................ 54
voice vlan aging ...................................................................................................................... 54
voice vlan priority .................................................................................................................... 55
III
voice vlan mac-address .......................................................................................................... 56
switchport voice vlan mode ..................................................................................................... 56
switchport voice vlan security ................................................................................................. 57
show voice vlan ....................................................................................................................... 58
show voice vlan oui ................................................................................................................. 58
show voice vlan switchport ..................................................................................................... 59
Chapter 9
Private VLAN Commands.................................................................... 60
private-vlan primary................................................................................................................. 60
private-vlan community ........................................................................................................... 60
private-vlan isolated ................................................................................................................ 61
private-vlan association........................................................................................................... 61
switchport private-vlan ............................................................................................................ 62
switchport private-vlan host-association ................................................................................. 63
switchport private-vlan mapping ............................................................................................. 63
show vlan private-vlan............................................................................................................. 64
show vlan private-vlan interface.............................................................................................. 65
Chapter 10 GVRP Commands ............................................................................... 66
gvrp.......................................................................................................................................... 66
gvrp (interface) ........................................................................................................................ 66
gvrp registration ...................................................................................................................... 67
gvrp timer ................................................................................................................................ 68
show gvrp global ..................................................................................................................... 69
show gvrp interface ................................................................................................................. 69
Chapter 11
Etherchannel Commands .................................................................... 71
channel-group ......................................................................................................................... 71
port-channel load-balance ...................................................................................................... 72
lacp system-priority ................................................................................................................. 72
lacp port-priority ...................................................................................................................... 73
show etherchannel .................................................................................................................. 74
show etherchannel load-balance ............................................................................................ 74
show lacp ................................................................................................................................ 75
show lacp sys-id ...................................................................................................................... 75
Chapter 12 User Manage Commands.................................................................... 76
user name (password) ............................................................................................................ 76
user name (secret) .................................................................................................................. 77
IV
user access-control ip-based .................................................................................................. 78
user access-control mac-based .............................................................................................. 79
user access-control port-based............................................................................................... 80
user max-number .................................................................................................................... 80
user idle-timeout...................................................................................................................... 81
line ........................................................................................................................................... 82
password ................................................................................................................................. 82
login ......................................................................................................................................... 84
login local ................................................................................................................................ 84
show user account-list............................................................................................................. 85
show user configuration .......................................................................................................... 85
Chapter 13 Binding Table Commands.................................................................... 86
ip source binding ..................................................................................................................... 86
ip dhcp snooping ..................................................................................................................... 87
ip dhcp snooping global .......................................................................................................... 88
ip dhcp snooping information option ....................................................................................... 89
ip dhcp snooping information strategy .................................................................................... 89
ip dhcp snooping information user-defined ............................................................................. 90
ip dhcp snooping information remote-id.................................................................................. 90
ip dhcp snooping information circuit-id ................................................................................... 91
ip dhcp snooping trust ............................................................................................................. 92
ip dhcp snooping mac-verify ................................................................................................... 92
ip dhcp snooping limit rate ...................................................................................................... 93
ip dhcp snooping decline ........................................................................................................ 94
show ip source binding............................................................................................................ 94
show ip dhcp snooping............................................................................................................ 95
show ip dhcp snooping interface............................................................................................. 95
Chapter 14 ARP Inspection Commands ................................................................ 97
ip arp inspection(global) .......................................................................................................... 97
ip arp inspection trust .............................................................................................................. 97
ip arp inspection(interface)...................................................................................................... 98
ip arp inspection limit-rate ....................................................................................................... 99
ip arp inspection recover ......................................................................................................... 99
show ip arp inspection........................................................................................................... 100
show ip arp inspection interface............................................................................................ 100
show ip arp inspection statistics............................................................................................ 101
V
clear ip arp inspection statistics ............................................................................................ 101
Chapter 15 IP Verify Source Commands.............................................................. 103
ip verify source ...................................................................................................................... 103
show ip verify source............................................................................................................. 104
Chapter 16 DoS Defend Command ..................................................................... 105
ip dos-prevent ....................................................................................................................... 105
ip dos-prevent type................................................................................................................ 105
show ip dos-prevent .............................................................................................................. 106
Chapter 17 IEEE 802.1X Commands................................................................... 107
dot1x system-auth-control..................................................................................................... 107
dot1x auth-method ................................................................................................................ 107
dot1x guest-vlan(global)........................................................................................................ 108
dot1x quiet-period ................................................................................................................. 109
dot1x timeout ......................................................................................................................... 109
dot1x max-reauth-req .............................................................................................................110
dot1x ....................................................................................................................................... 111
dot1x guest-vlan(interface) .................................................................................................... 111
dot1x port-control ...................................................................................................................112
dot1x port-method ..................................................................................................................113
radius ......................................................................................................................................113
radius server-account.............................................................................................................115
show dot1x global ..................................................................................................................115
show dot1x interface ..............................................................................................................116
show radius accounting .........................................................................................................116
show radius authentication ....................................................................................................117
Chapter 18 System Log Commands ..................................................................... 118
logging buffer..........................................................................................................................118
logging buffer level .................................................................................................................118
logging file flash .....................................................................................................................119
logging file flash frequency ................................................................................................... 120
logging file flash level ............................................................................................................ 120
logging host index ................................................................................................................. 121
copy logging flash tftp ........................................................................................................... 122
clear logging .......................................................................................................................... 122
show logging local-config ...................................................................................................... 123
VI
show logging loghost............................................................................................................. 123
show logging buffer ............................................................................................................... 124
show logging flash................................................................................................................. 125
Chapter 19 SSH Commands ................................................................................ 126
ip ssh server .......................................................................................................................... 126
ip ssh version ........................................................................................................................ 126
ip ssh timeout ........................................................................................................................ 127
ip ssh max-client ................................................................................................................... 127
ip ssh download .................................................................................................................... 128
remove public-key ................................................................................................................. 129
show ip ssh............................................................................................................................ 129
Chapter 20 SSL Commands ................................................................................ 130
ip http secure-server ............................................................................................................. 130
ip http secure-server download certificate ............................................................................ 130
ip http secure-server download key ...................................................................................... 131
show ip http secure-server .................................................................................................... 132
Chapter 21 MAC Address Commands ................................................................. 133
mac address-table static ....................................................................................................... 133
mac address-table aging-time............................................................................................... 134
mac address-table filtering .................................................................................................... 134
mac address-table max-mac-count....................................................................................... 135
show mac address-table ....................................................................................................... 136
show mac address-table aging-time ..................................................................................... 137
show mac address-table max-mac-count ............................................................................. 137
show mac address-table interface ........................................................................................ 138
show mac address-table count ............................................................................................. 138
show mac address-table address ......................................................................................... 139
show mac address-table vlan ............................................................................................... 140
Chapter 22 System Configuration Commands ..................................................... 141
system-time manual .............................................................................................................. 141
system-time ntp ..................................................................................................................... 141
system-time dst predefined ................................................................................................... 143
system-time dst date ............................................................................................................. 144
system-time dst recurring ...................................................................................................... 145
hostname............................................................................................................................... 146
VII
location .................................................................................................................................. 146
contact-info ............................................................................................................................ 147
ip address .............................................................................................................................. 148
ip address-alloc ..................................................................................................................... 148
reset ...................................................................................................................................... 149
reboot .................................................................................................................................... 150
copy running-config startup-config ........................................................................................ 150
copy running-config backup-config ....................................................................................... 151
copy running-config user-config ............................................................................................ 151
copy backup-config startup-config ........................................................................................ 152
copy startup-config backup-config ........................................................................................ 152
boot application ..................................................................................................................... 153
boot config ............................................................................................................................. 154
copy backup-config tftp ......................................................................................................... 154
copy startup-config tftp .......................................................................................................... 155
copy tftp backup-config ......................................................................................................... 156
copy tftp startup-config .......................................................................................................... 157
copy image tftp-source .......................................................................................................... 158
copy image tftp-target ........................................................................................................... 158
copy image ............................................................................................................................ 159
remove backup-image........................................................................................................... 160
remove config ........................................................................................................................ 160
firmware upgrade .................................................................................................................. 161
ping ........................................................................................................................................ 162
tracert .................................................................................................................................... 162
loopback interface ................................................................................................................. 163
show system-time ................................................................................................................. 164
show system-time dst............................................................................................................ 164
show system-time ntp ........................................................................................................... 165
show system-info .................................................................................................................. 165
show environment ................................................................................................................. 166
show files-in-system .............................................................................................................. 166
show image-info .................................................................................................................... 167
show running-config .............................................................................................................. 168
show boot .............................................................................................................................. 168
show cable-diagnostics interface .......................................................................................... 169
show cpu-utilization ............................................................................................................... 169
show memory-utilization ....................................................................................................... 170
VIII
Chapter 23 Ethernet Configuration Commands ................................................... 171
interface fastEthernet ............................................................................................................ 171
interface range fastEthernet.................................................................................................. 171
interface gigabitEthernet ....................................................................................................... 172
interface range gigabitEthernet ............................................................................................. 172
interface ten-gigabitEthernet ................................................................................................. 173
interface range ten-gigabitEthernet ...................................................................................... 174
description ............................................................................................................................. 175
shutdown ............................................................................................................................... 175
flow-control ............................................................................................................................ 176
duplex .................................................................................................................................... 177
speed ..................................................................................................................................... 177
storm-control broadcast ........................................................................................................ 178
storm-control multicast .......................................................................................................... 179
storm-control unicast ............................................................................................................. 180
bandwidth .............................................................................................................................. 181
clear counters ........................................................................................................................ 181
show interface status ............................................................................................................ 182
show interface counters ........................................................................................................ 182
show interface configuration ................................................................................................. 183
show storm-control ................................................................................................................ 184
show bandwidth..................................................................................................................... 184
Chapter 24 QoS Commands ................................................................................ 186
qos ......................................................................................................................................... 186
qos dscp ................................................................................................................................ 187
qos queue cos-map............................................................................................................... 187
qos queue dscp-map............................................................................................................. 188
qos queue mode ................................................................................................................... 189
show qos interface ................................................................................................................ 190
show qos cos-map ................................................................................................................ 190
show qos dscp-map .............................................................................................................. 191
show qos queue mode .......................................................................................................... 191
show qos status..................................................................................................................... 192
Chapter 25 Port Mirror Commands ...................................................................... 193
monitor session destination interface ................................................................................... 193
monitor session source interface .......................................................................................... 194
IX
show monitor session............................................................................................................ 195
Chapter 26 Port isolation Commands .................................................................. 196
port isolation .......................................................................................................................... 196
show port isolation ................................................................................................................ 197
Chapter 27 Loopback Detection Commands ....................................................... 198
loopback-detection(global) .................................................................................................... 198
loopback-detection interval ................................................................................................... 198
loopback-detection recovery-time ......................................................................................... 199
loopback-detection(interface)................................................................................................ 199
loopback-detection config ..................................................................................................... 200
loopback-detection recover ................................................................................................... 201
show loopback-detection global ............................................................................................ 201
show loopback-detection interface ....................................................................................... 202
Chapter 28 ACL Commands ................................................................................ 203
time-range ............................................................................................................................. 203
absolute ................................................................................................................................. 203
periodic .................................................................................................................................. 204
holiday ................................................................................................................................... 205
holiday(global) ....................................................................................................................... 205
access-list create .................................................................................................................. 206
mac access-list...................................................................................................................... 206
access-list standard .............................................................................................................. 207
access-list extended.............................................................................................................. 208
rule......................................................................................................................................... 209
access-list policy name ......................................................................................................... 210
access-list policy action..........................................................................................................211
redirect interface ................................................................................................................... 212
s-condition ............................................................................................................................. 212
s-mirror .................................................................................................................................. 213
qos-remark ............................................................................................................................ 213
access-list bind(interface) ..................................................................................................... 214
access-list bind(vlan)............................................................................................................. 214
show time-range.................................................................................................................... 215
show holiday.......................................................................................................................... 215
show access-list .................................................................................................................... 216
show access-list policy .......................................................................................................... 216
X
show access-list bind ............................................................................................................ 217
Chapter 29 MSTP Commands ............................................................................. 218
spanning-tree(global) ............................................................................................................ 218
spanning-tree(interface) ........................................................................................................ 218
spanning-tree common-config .............................................................................................. 219
spanning-tree mode .............................................................................................................. 220
spanning-tree mst configuration............................................................................................ 221
instance ................................................................................................................................. 221
name ..................................................................................................................................... 222
revision .................................................................................................................................. 222
spanning-tree mst instance ................................................................................................... 223
spanning-tree mst ................................................................................................................. 224
spanning-tree priority ............................................................................................................ 225
spanning-tree tc-defend ........................................................................................................ 225
spanning-tree timer ............................................................................................................... 226
spanning-tree hold-count ...................................................................................................... 227
spanning-tree max-hops ....................................................................................................... 227
spanning-tree bpdufilter ........................................................................................................ 228
spanning-tree bpduguard ...................................................................................................... 228
spanning-tree guard loop ...................................................................................................... 229
spanning-tree guard root ....................................................................................................... 229
spanning-tree guard tc .......................................................................................................... 230
spanning-tree mcheck ........................................................................................................... 231
show spanning-tree active .................................................................................................... 231
show spanning-tree bridge .................................................................................................... 232
show spanning-tree interface ................................................................................................ 232
show spanning-tree interface-security .................................................................................. 233
show spanning-tree mst ........................................................................................................ 233
Chapter 30 IGMP Snooping Commands .............................................................. 235
ip igmp snooping(global) ....................................................................................................... 235
ip igmp snooping(interface)................................................................................................... 235
ip igmp snooping immediate-leave ....................................................................................... 236
ip igmp snooping drop-unknown ........................................................................................... 236
ip igmp snooping vlan-config ................................................................................................ 237
ip igmp snooping max-groups ............................................................................................... 238
ip igmp snooping multi-vlan-config ....................................................................................... 239
XI
ip igmp snooping querier vlan ............................................................................................... 240
ip igmp snooping querier vlan (general query) ..................................................................... 241
ip igmp snooping querier vlan (specific query) ..................................................................... 241
show ip igmp snooping.......................................................................................................... 242
show ip igmp snooping interface........................................................................................... 243
show ip igmp snooping vlan .................................................................................................. 244
show ip igmp snooping multi-vlan ......................................................................................... 244
show ip igmp snooping groups ............................................................................................. 244
show ip igmp snooping querier ............................................................................................. 245
Chapter 31 SNMP Commands ............................................................................. 247
snmp-server .......................................................................................................................... 247
snmp-server view .................................................................................................................. 247
snmp-server group ................................................................................................................ 248
snmp-server user .................................................................................................................. 249
snmp-server community ........................................................................................................ 251
snmp-server host .................................................................................................................. 252
snmp-server engineID ........................................................................................................... 253
snmp-server traps snmp ....................................................................................................... 254
snmp-server traps link-status ................................................................................................ 255
snmp-server traps ................................................................................................................. 255
snmp-server traps mac ......................................................................................................... 256
snmp-server traps vlan.......................................................................................................... 257
rmon history........................................................................................................................... 258
rmon event ............................................................................................................................ 259
rmon alarm ............................................................................................................................ 260
rmon statistics ....................................................................................................................... 261
show snmp-server ................................................................................................................. 262
show snmp-server view......................................................................................................... 262
show snmp-server group ...................................................................................................... 263
show snmp-server user ......................................................................................................... 263
show snmp-server community .............................................................................................. 264
show snmp-server host ......................................................................................................... 264
show snmp-server engineID ................................................................................................. 264
show rmon history ................................................................................................................. 265
show rmon event ................................................................................................................... 265
show rmon alarm................................................................................................................... 266
show rmon statistics .............................................................................................................. 266
XII
Chapter 32 LLDP Commands .............................................................................. 268
lldp ......................................................................................................................................... 268
lldp hold-multiplier ................................................................................................................. 268
lldp timer ................................................................................................................................ 269
lldp receive ............................................................................................................................ 270
lldp transmit ........................................................................................................................... 270
lldp snmp-trap........................................................................................................................ 271
lldp tlv-select.......................................................................................................................... 271
lldp med-fast-count................................................................................................................ 272
lldp med-status ...................................................................................................................... 273
lldp med-tlv-select ................................................................................................................. 273
lldp med-location ................................................................................................................... 274
show lldp ............................................................................................................................... 275
show lldp interface ................................................................................................................ 275
show lldp local-information interface ..................................................................................... 276
show lldp neighbor-information interface .............................................................................. 276
show lldp traffic interface....................................................................................................... 277
Chapter 33 Cluster Commands ............................................................................ 278
cluster ndp ............................................................................................................................. 278
cluster ntdp ............................................................................................................................ 279
cluster explore ....................................................................................................................... 280
cluster .................................................................................................................................... 280
cluster ip pool ........................................................................................................................ 281
cluster commander................................................................................................................ 281
cluster manage ...................................................................................................................... 282
cluster member ..................................................................................................................... 282
cluster candidate ................................................................................................................... 283
cluster individual.................................................................................................................... 283
cluster management-vlan ...................................................................................................... 284
clear ndp statistics ................................................................................................................. 284
show cluster ndp ................................................................................................................... 285
show cluster neighbor ........................................................................................................... 285
show cluster ntdp .................................................................................................................. 286
show cluster .......................................................................................................................... 286
show cluster member ............................................................................................................ 287
Chapter 34 Static Routes Commands .................................................................. 288
XIII
interface vlan ......................................................................................................................... 288
interface loopback ................................................................................................................. 288
switchport .............................................................................................................................. 289
shutdown ............................................................................................................................... 289
description ............................................................................................................................. 290
ip route .................................................................................................................................. 290
ip routing................................................................................................................................ 291
show interface loopback ....................................................................................................... 292
show interface vlan ............................................................................................................... 292
show ip interface ................................................................................................................... 293
show ip interface brief ........................................................................................................... 293
show ip route ......................................................................................................................... 294
show ip route specify............................................................................................................. 294
show ip route summary ......................................................................................................... 295
Chapter 35 DHCP Server ..................................................................................... 296
service dhcp .......................................................................................................................... 296
ip dhcp server exclude-address ............................................................................................ 296
ip dhcp server pool ................................................................................................................ 297
ip dhcp server ping timeout ................................................................................................... 297
ip dhcp server ping packets .................................................................................................. 298
network .................................................................................................................................. 298
lease ...................................................................................................................................... 299
address hardware-address ................................................................................................... 299
address client-identifier ......................................................................................................... 300
default-gateway ..................................................................................................................... 301
dns-server ............................................................................................................................. 301
show ip dhcp server status ................................................................................................... 302
show ip dhcp server statistics ............................................................................................... 302
show ip dhcp server pool ...................................................................................................... 303
show ip dhcp server excluded-address ................................................................................ 303
show ip dhcp server manual-binding .................................................................................... 304
show ip dhcp server binding ................................................................................................. 304
clear ip dhcp server statistics ................................................................................................ 304
clear ip dhcp server binding .................................................................................................. 305
Chapter 36 DHCP Relay ...................................................................................... 306
ip helper-address .................................................................................................................. 306
XIV
ip dhcp relay information ....................................................................................................... 306
ip dhcp relay information policy............................................................................................. 307
ip dhcp relay information custom .......................................................................................... 307
ip dhcp relay information circuit-id ........................................................................................ 308
ip dhcp relay information remote-id ...................................................................................... 308
show ip dhcp relay ................................................................................................................ 309
Chapter 37 Proxy ARP Commands (License Required) ....................................... 310
ip proxy-arp ........................................................................................................................... 310
ip proxy-arp enable default-route .......................................................................................... 310
show ip proxy-arp ...................................................................................................................311
Chapter 38 IGMP Commands (License Required) ............................................... 312
ip igmp ................................................................................................................................... 312
ip igmp version ...................................................................................................................... 312
ip igmp last-member-query-count ......................................................................................... 313
ip igmp last-member-query-interval ...................................................................................... 313
ip igmp querier-timeout ......................................................................................................... 314
ip igmp query-interval ............................................................................................................ 315
ip igmp query-max-response-time ........................................................................................ 315
ip igmp require-router-alert ................................................................................................... 316
ip igmp robustness ................................................................................................................ 316
ip igmp send-router-alert ....................................................................................................... 317
ip igmp startup-query-interval ............................................................................................... 318
ip igmp startup-query-count .................................................................................................. 318
ip igmp static-group (interface vlan) ...................................................................................... 319
ip igmp static-group (routed port) .......................................................................................... 320
ip igmp profile ........................................................................................................................ 321
deny ....................................................................................................................................... 321
permit .................................................................................................................................... 322
range ..................................................................................................................................... 322
ip igmp filter ........................................................................................................................... 323
ip igmp max-groups............................................................................................................... 323
show ip igmp profile .............................................................................................................. 325
show ip igmp groups ............................................................................................................. 325
show ip igmp groups interface .............................................................................................. 326
show ip igmp groups interface vlan....................................................................................... 326
show ip igmp groups static .................................................................................................... 327
XV
show ip igmp groups static interface ..................................................................................... 327
show ip igmp groups static interface vlan ............................................................................. 328
show ip igmp groups port-info (dynamic) .............................................................................. 328
show ip igmp interface .......................................................................................................... 329
show ip igmp interface vlan................................................................................................... 330
show ip igmp interface loopback ........................................................................................... 330
Chapter 39 PIM Commands (License Required).................................................. 332
ip multicast-routing ................................................................................................................ 332
ip pim ..................................................................................................................................... 332
ip pim sg-expiry-timer ............................................................................................................ 333
ip pim spt-threshold infinity ................................................................................................... 333
ip pim bsr-candidate interface ............................................................................................... 334
ip pim rp-candidate interface................................................................................................. 335
ip pim rp-address .................................................................................................................. 336
ip pim bsr-border ................................................................................................................... 336
ip pim dr-priority .................................................................................................................... 337
ip pim join-prune-interval ....................................................................................................... 337
ip pim query-interval .............................................................................................................. 338
show ip multicast ................................................................................................................... 339
show ip mroute ...................................................................................................................... 339
show ip pim interface ............................................................................................................ 340
show ip pim neighbor ............................................................................................................ 340
show ip pim bsr-router........................................................................................................... 341
show ip pim rp ....................................................................................................................... 341
show ip pim rp-hash .............................................................................................................. 342
Chapter 40 Static Multicast Routing Commands (License Required) ................... 343
ip mroute ............................................................................................................................... 343
show ip mroute static ............................................................................................................ 344
Chapter 41 VRRP Commands (License Required) .............................................. 345
vrrp vrid ................................................................................................................................. 345
vrrp vrid virtual-ip................................................................................................................... 346
vrrp vrid description ............................................................................................................... 346
vrrp vrid priority ..................................................................................................................... 347
vrrp vrid timer-advertise ........................................................................................................ 347
vrrp vrid preempt-mode ......................................................................................................... 348
vrrp vrid authentication-mode ............................................................................................... 349
XVI
vrrp vrid track interface.......................................................................................................... 350
clear vrrp statistics ................................................................................................................ 351
show vrrp ............................................................................................................................... 351
show vrrp statistics ................................................................................................................ 352
Chapter 42 RIP Commands ................................................................................. 353
router rip ................................................................................................................................ 353
network .................................................................................................................................. 353
version ................................................................................................................................... 354
timer basic ............................................................................................................................. 355
distance ................................................................................................................................. 355
auto-summary ....................................................................................................................... 356
default-metric......................................................................................................................... 356
redistribute............................................................................................................................. 357
passive-interface ................................................................................................................... 358
ip rip receive version ............................................................................................................. 358
ip rip send version ................................................................................................................. 359
ip rip v2-broadcast................................................................................................................. 360
ip rip authentication-mode..................................................................................................... 360
ip rip poison-reverse.............................................................................................................. 361
ip rip split-horizon .................................................................................................................. 362
show ip rip ............................................................................................................................. 362
Chapter 43 OSPF Commands (License Required) .............................................. 364
router ospf ............................................................................................................................. 364
router-id ................................................................................................................................. 364
network .................................................................................................................................. 365
summary-address ................................................................................................................. 366
maximum-paths ..................................................................................................................... 367
redistribute............................................................................................................................. 368
default-metric......................................................................................................................... 369
default-information originate ................................................................................................. 369
auto-cost................................................................................................................................ 370
distance ................................................................................................................................. 371
timers throttle spf ................................................................................................................... 372
timers lsa arrival .................................................................................................................... 372
compatible rfc1583 ................................................................................................................ 373
passive-interface ................................................................................................................... 374
XVII
passive-interface range ......................................................................................................... 374
passive-interface default ....................................................................................................... 375
no area .................................................................................................................................. 376
area description..................................................................................................................... 376
area authentication................................................................................................................ 377
area stub ............................................................................................................................... 378
area nssa............................................................................................................................... 378
area default-cost ................................................................................................................... 379
area range ............................................................................................................................. 380
area virtual-link ...................................................................................................................... 381
area virtual-link authentication .............................................................................................. 382
area virtual-link authentication-key ....................................................................................... 384
area virtual-link message-digest-key .................................................................................... 385
ip ospf cost ............................................................................................................................ 386
ip ospf retransmit-interval ...................................................................................................... 387
ip ospf transmit-delay ............................................................................................................ 387
ip ospf priority ........................................................................................................................ 388
ip ospf hello-interval .............................................................................................................. 388
ip ospf dead-interval .............................................................................................................. 389
ip ospf authentication ............................................................................................................ 390
ip ospf authentication-key ..................................................................................................... 390
ip ospf message-digest-key .................................................................................................. 391
ip ospf network ...................................................................................................................... 392
ip ospf database-filter all out ................................................................................................. 393
ip ospf mtu-ignore ................................................................................................................. 393
clear ip ospf ........................................................................................................................... 394
show ip ospf .......................................................................................................................... 394
show ip ospf database .......................................................................................................... 395
show ip ospf interface ........................................................................................................... 396
show ip ospf neighbor ........................................................................................................... 396
show ip ospf request-list........................................................................................................ 397
show ip ospf retransmission-list ............................................................................................ 398
show ip ospf summary-address ............................................................................................ 398
show ip ospf virtual-links ....................................................................................................... 399
show ip ospf border-routers .................................................................................................. 399
show ip route ospf ................................................................................................................. 400
show ip ospf area database .................................................................................................. 400
show ip ospf area interface ................................................................................................... 401
XVIII
show ip ospf area neighbor ................................................................................................... 402
show ip ospf area request-list ............................................................................................... 402
show ip ospf area retransmission-list .................................................................................... 403
XIX
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Preface
This Guide is intended for network administrator to provide referenced information about CLI
(Command Line Interface). The device mentioned in this Guide stands for T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch.
Overview of this Guide
Some command groups in the following chapters require a layer 3 license. To obtain the
T2700G-28TQ Layer 3 License T2700G-28TQ-L1000:
1.
Buy a license key from a TP-LINK authorized distributor.
2.
Go to T2700G-28TQ page at TP-LINK website, use the license key together with the switch
S/N and MAC address for authentication and download the license T2700G-28TQ-L1000.
Chapter 1: Using the CLI
Provide information about how to use the CLI, CLI Command Modes, Security Levels and some
Conventions.
Chapter 2: User Interface
Provide information about the commands used to switch between five CLI Command Modes.
Chapter 3: Stack
Provide information about the commands used for configuring stack.
Chapter 4: IEEE 802.1Q VLAN Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring IEEE 802.1Q VLAN.
Chapter 5: MAC-based VLAN Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring MAC-based VLAN.
Chapter 6: Protocol VLAN Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring Protocol VLAN.
Chapter 7: VLAN-VPN Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring VLAN-VPN (Virtual Private Network)
function.
Chapter 8: Voice VLAN Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring Voice VLAN.
Chapter 9: Private VLAN Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring Private VLAN.
1
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 10: GVRP Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring GVRP (GARP VLAN registration
protocol).
Chapter 11: EtherChannel Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring LAG (Link Aggregation Group) and
LACP (Link Aggregation Control Protocol).
Chapter 12: User Manage Commands
Provide information about the commands used for user management.
Chapter 13: Binding Table Commands
Provide information about the commands used for binding the IP address, MAC address, VLAN
and the connected Port number of the Host together.
Chapter 14: ARP Inspection Commands
Provide information about the commands used for protecting the switch from the ARP cheating or
ARP Attack.
Chapter 15: IP Verify Source Commands
Provide information about the commands used for guarding the IP Source by filtering the IP
packets based on the IP-MAC Binding entries.
Chapter 16: DoS Defend Command
Provide information about the commands used for DoS defend and detecting the DoS attack.
Chapter 17: IEEE 802.1X Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring IEEE 802.1X function.
Chapter 18: System Log Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring system log.
Chapter 19: SSH Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring and managing SSH (Security
Shell).
Chapter 20: SSL Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring and managing SSL (Secure
Sockets Layer).
Chapter 21: MAC Address Commands
Provide information about the commands used for Address configuration.
2
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 22: System Configuration Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the System information and System
IP, reboot and reset the switch, upgrade the switch system and commands used for device
diagnose, including loopback test and cable test.
Chapter 23: Ethernet Configuration Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the Bandwidth Control, Negotiation
Mode, and Storm Control for ethernet ports.
Chapter 24: QoS Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the QoS function.
Chapter 25: Port Mirror Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the Port Mirror function.
Chapter 26: Port Isolation Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring Port Isolation function.
Chapter 27: Loopback Detection Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the Loopback Detection function.
Chapter 28: ACL Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the ACL (Access Control List).
Chapter 29: MSTP Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the MSTP (Multiple Spanning Tree
Protocol).
Chapter 30: IGMP Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the IGMP Snooping (Internet Group
Management Protocol Snooping).
Chapter 31: SNMP Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the SNMP (Simple Network
Management Protocol) functions.
Chapter 32: LLDP Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring LLDP function.
Chapter 33: Cluster Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the Cluster Management function.
Chapter 34: Static Routes Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the Static Route function.
Chatper 35: DHCP Server Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the DHCP Server function.
3
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 36: DCHP Relay Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the DHCP Relay function.
Chapter 37: Proxy ARP Commands (License Required)
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the Proxy ARP function.
Chapter 38: IGMP Commands (License Required)
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the IGMP function.
Chapter 39: PIM Commands (License Required)
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the PIM function.
Chapter 40: Static Multicast Routing Commands (License Required)
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the Static Multicast Routing
function.
Chapter 41: VRRP Commands (License Required)
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the VRRP function.
Chapter 42: RIP Commands
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the RIP function.
Chapter 43: OSPF Commands (License Required)
Provide information about the commands used for configuring the OSPF function.
4
T2700G-28TQ
Chapter 1
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Using the CLI
1.1 Accessing the CLI
You can log on to the switch and access the CLI by the following three methods:
1.
Log on to the switch by the console port on the switch.
2.
Log on to the switch remotely by a Telnet connection through an Ethernet port.
3.
Log on to the switch remotely by an SSH connection through an Ethernet port.
1.1.1 Logon by a console port
To log on to the switch by the console port on the switch, please take the following steps:
1.
Connect the PCs or Terminals to the console port on the switch by a provided cable.
2.
Click Start → All Programs → Accessories→ Communications → Hyper Terminal to
open the Hyper Terminal as the Figure 1-1 shows.
Figure 1-1 Open Hyper Terminal
5
T2700G-28TQ
3.
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
The Connection Description Window will prompt as Figure 1-2 shown. Enter a name into the
Name field and click OK.
Figure 1-2 Connection Description
4.
Select the port to connect in Figure 1-3, and click OK.
Figure 1-3 Select the port to connect
6
T2700G-28TQ
5.
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Configure the port selected in the step above as the following Figure 1-4 shown. Configure
Bits per second as 38400, Data bits as 8, Parity as None, Stop bits as 1, Flow control as
None, and then click OK.
Figure 1-4 Port Settings
6.
The DOS prompt “T2700G-28TQ>” will appear after pressing the Enter button as Figure 1-5
shown. It indicates that you can use the CLI now.
Figure 1-5 Log in the Switch
7
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
1.1.2 Configuring the Privileged EXEC Mode Password
To configure the switch remotely by a Telnet or SSH connection, please set a password for
entering the Privileged EXEC Mode through the console connection first. Follow the steps in 1.1.1
Logon by a console port to log on to the switch, and then follow the steps shown in Figure 1-6 to
configure the Privileged EXEC Mode password.
Figure 1-6 Configure the Privileged EXEC Mode Password
1.1.3 Logon by Telnet
For Telnet connection, after configuring the Privileged EXEC Mode Password, you should also
configure the Telnet login mode and login authentication information through console connection.
Telnet login has the following two modes. You can choose one according to your needs:
Login local Mode: It requires username and password, which are both admin by default.
Login Mode: It doesn’t require username and password, but a connection password is required.
Note:
Before Telnet login, you are required to configure Telnet login mode and login authentication
information through console connection.
8
T2700G-28TQ

JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Login Local Mode
Firstly, configure the Telnet login mode as “login local” in the prompted DOS screen shown in
Figure 1-7.
Figure 1-7 Configure login local mode
Now, you can logon by Telnet in login local mode.
1.
Make sure the switch and the PC are in the same LAN. Click Start → Run to open the Run
window, and type cmd in the prompt Run window as Figure 1-8 and click OK.
Figure 1-8 Run Window
2.
Open Telnet, then type telnet 192.168.0.1 in the command prompt shown as Figure 1-9, and
press the Enter button.
Figure 1-9 Connecting to the Switch
9
T2700G-28TQ
3.
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Type the default user name and password (both of them are admin), then press the Enter
button so as to enter User EXEC Mode.
Figure 1-10 Enter into the User EXEC Mode
Now you can manage your switch with CLI commands through Telnet connection.
4.
Type enable command to enter Privileged EXEC Mode. A password that you have set
through Console port connection is required. Here the password has been set as 123.
Figure 1-11 Enter into the Privileged EXEC Mode
10
T2700G-28TQ

JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Login Mode
Firstly configure the Telnet login mode as “login” and the connection password as 456 in the
prompted DOS screen shown in Figure 1-12.
Figure 1-12 Configure login mode
Now, you can logon by Telnet in login mode:
1.
Open Telnet, then type telnet 192.168.0.1 in the command prompt shown as Figure 1-13, and
press the Enter button.
Figure 1-13 Connecting to the Switch
11
T2700G-28TQ
2.
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
You are prompted to enter the connection password 456 you have set through Console port
connection, and then you are in User EXEC Mode.
Figure 1-14 Enter into the User EXEC Mode
3.
When entering enable command to access Privileged EXEC Mode, you are required to give
the password 123 you have set through Console port connection.
Figure 1-15 Enter into the Privileged EXEC Mode
Now you can manage your switch with CLI commands through Telnet connection.
Note:
You can refer to Chapter 12 User Manage Commands for detailed commands information of the
Telnet connection configuration.
12
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
1.1.4 Logon by SSH
To log on by SSH, a Putty client software is recommended. There are two authentication modes to
set up an SSH connection:
Password Authentication Mode: It requires username and password, which are both admin by
default.
Key Authentication Mode: It requires a public key for the switch and a private key for the SSH
client software. You can generate the public key and the private key through Putty Key Generator.
Note:
Before SSH login, please follow the steps shown in Figure 1-16 to enable the SSH function
through console connection.
Figure 1-16 Enable SSH function
13
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide

Password Authentication Mode
1.
Open the software to log on to the interface of PuTTY. Enter the IP address of the switch into
Host Name field; keep the default value 22 in the Port field; select SSH as the Connection
type.
Figure 1-17 SSH Connection Config
2.
Click the Open button in the above figure to log on to the switch. Enter the login user name
and password to log on the switch, and then enter the Privileged EXEC Mode password, so
you can continue to configure the switch.
Figure 1-18 Log on the Switch
14
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide

Key Authentication Mode
1.
Select the key type and key length, and generate SSH key.
Figure 1-19 Generate SSH Key
Note:
1.
The key length is in the range of 256 to 3072 bits.
2.
During the key generation, randomly moving the mouse quickly can accelerate the key
generation.
15
T2700G-28TQ
2.
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
After the key is successfully generated, please save the public key and private key to a TFTP
server.
Figure 1-20 Save the Generated Key
3.
Log on to the switch by the console port, and download the public key file from the TFTP
server to the switch, as the following figure shows:
Figure 1-21 Download the Public Key
Note:
1. The key type should accord with the type of the key file.
2. The SSH key downloading cannot be interrupted.
16
T2700G-28TQ
4.
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
After the public key is downloaded, please log on to the interface of PuTTY and enter the IP
address for login.
Figure 1-22 SSH Connection Config
5.
Click Browse to download the private key file to SSH client software and click Open.
Figure 1-23 Download the Private Key
17
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
After successful authentication, please enter the login user name. If you log on to the switch
without entering password, it indicates that the key has been successfully downloaded.
Figure 1-24 Log on the Switch
1.2
CLI Command Modes
The CLI is divided into different command modes: User EXEC Mode, Privileged EXEC Mode,
Global Configuration Mode, Line Configuration Mode, VLAN Configuration Mode, Interface
Configuration Mode, Router Configuration Mode, DHCP Configuration Mode and MST
Configuration Mode. Interface Configuration Mode can also be divided into Interface
gigabitEthernet, Interface link-aggregation and some other modes, which is shown as the following
diagram.
Interface Configuration Mode
Interface gigabitEthernet
User EXEC Mode
Interface link-aggregation
Interface range gigabitEthernet
password
Interface range link-aggregation
Interface loopback
Privileged EXEC
Global Configuration
Mode
Mode
Interface VLAN
……
VLAN Configuration Mode
18
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
The following table gives detailed information about the Accessing path, Prompt of each mode and
how to exit the current mode and access the next mode.
Mode
User EXEC
Mode
Privileged
EXEC Mode
Accessing Path
Primary mode once it is
connected with the switch.
Prompt
T2700G-28TQ>
Logout or Access the
next mode
Use the exit command to
disconnect
the
switch
(except that the switch is
connected through the
Console port).
Use the enable command
to access Privileged EXEC
mode.
Use the enable command to
enter this mode from User T2700G-28TQ#
EXEC mode.
Enter the disable or exit
command to return to User
EXEC mode.
Enter configure command
to
access
Global
Configuration mode.
Use the exit or the end
command or press Ctrl+Z
to return to Privileged
EXEC mode.
Global
Configuration
Mode
Use the configure command to
enter this mode from Privileged T2700G-28TQ(config)#
EXEC mode.
Use
the
interface
gigabitEthernet port or
interface
range
gigabitEthernet port-list
command
to
access
interface
Configuration
mode.
Use the vlan vlan-list to
access
VLAN
Configuration mode.
Line
Configuration
Mode
Use the line vty command
from
Global
Configuration T2700G-28TQ(config- line)
mode to specify a line.
VLAN
Configuration
Mode
Use
the
vlan
vlan-list
command to enter this mode
T2700G-28TQ(config- vlan)#
from
Global
Configuration
mode.
Router
Configuration
Mode
Use the router ospf process-id
to enter OSPF Router mode
from
Global
Configuration
mode.
T2700-28TQ(config- router)
Use the router rip command to
enter RIP Router mode from
Global Configuration mode.
19
Use the exit command to
exit
to
the
global
configuration mode.
Press Ctrl-Z or enter end
to return to priviledged
EXEC mode.
Use the end command or
press Ctrl+Z to return to
Privileged EXEC mode.
Enter the exit or the #
command to return to
Global configuration mode.
Use the end command or
press Ctrl+Z to return to
Privileged EXEC mode.
Enter the exit or the #
command to return to
Global
Configuration
mode.
T2700G-28TQ
Mode
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Accessing Path
Prompt
Layer 2 Interface:
Use
the
interface
gigabitEthernet
port
or
interface
range T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#
gigabitEthernet
port-list
T2700G-28TQ(config-if- range)#
command to enter this mode
from
Global
Configuration
mode.
Interface
Configuration
Mode
Logout or Access the
next mode
Use the end command or
press Ctrl+Z to return to
Privileged EXEC mode.
Enter the exit or the #
command to return to
Global Configuration
mode.
A port number must be
specified in the interface
command.
Layer 3 Interface:
no
switchport
Use
the
command to enter Routed Port
mode
from
Interface
Configuration mode.
Use the interface vlan vlan-id T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#
command to enter VLAN
T2700G-28TQ(config-ifInterface mode from Global
range)#
Configuration mode.
Use the interface loopback id
command to enter Loopback
Interface mode from Global
Configuration mode.
DHCP
Configuration
Mode
Use the ip dhcp server pool
pool-name command to enter
DHCP Configuration Mode T2700-28TQ(config-dhcp)
from
Global
Configuration
mode.
MST
Configuration
Mode
Use the spanning-tree mst
configuration command to
T2700G-28TQ(config- mst)#
enter this mode from Global
Configuration mode.
Use the end command or
press Ctrl+Z to return to
Privileged EXEC mode.
Enter the exit or the #
command to return to
Global
Configuration
mode.
Use the end command or
press Ctrl+Z to return to
Privileged EXEC mode.
Enter the exit or the #
command to return to
Global
Configuration
mode.
Use the end command or
press Ctrl+Z to return to
Privileged EXEC mode.
Enter the exit or the #
command to return to
Global configuration mode.
Note:
1.
The user is automatically in User EXEC Mode after the connection between the PC and the
switch is established by a console port or by a telnet connection.
2.
Each command mode has its own set of specific commands. To configure some commands,
you should access the corresponding command mode firstly.

Global Configuration Mode: In this mode, global commands are provided, such as the
Spanning Tree, Schedule Mode and so on.
20
T2700G-28TQ

JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Interface Configuration Mode: In this mode, users can configure one or several ports,
different ports corresponds to different commands
a). Interface gigabitEthernet/ten-gigabitEthernet: Configure parameters for an Ethernet
port, such as Duplex-mode, flow control status.
b). Interface range gigabitEthernet/ten-gigabitEthernet: Configure parameters for
several Ethernet ports.
c). Interface link-aggregation: Configure parameters for a link-aggregation, such as
broadcast storm.
d). Interface range link-aggregation: Configure parameters for multi-trunks.
e). Interface Loopback: Configure the parameters of the loopback interface.
f).

Interface vlan: Configure parameters for the vlan interface.
Vlan Configuration Mode: In this mode, users can create a VLAN and add a specified
port to the VLAN.

Router Configuration Mode: In this mode, commands for configuring the Layer 3
functions are provided.
3.
Some commands are global, that means they can be performed in all modes:

show: Displays all information of switch, for example: statistic information, port
information, VLAN information.

1.3
history: Displays the commands history.
Security Levels
This switch’s security is divided into two levels: User level and Admin level.
User level only allows users to do some simple operations in User EXEC Mode; Admin level
allows you to monitor, configure and manage the switch in Privileged EXEC Mode, Global
Configuration Mode, Interface Configuration Mode and VLAN Configuration Mode.
Users get the privilege to the User level once connecting console port with the switch or logging in
by Telnet/SSH. However, Guest users are restricted to access the CLI.
Users can enter Privileged EXEC mode from User EXEC mode by using the enable command. In
Global Configuration Mode, you can configure password for Admin level by enable password
command. Once password is configured, you are required to enter it to access Privileged EXEC
mode.
21
T2700G-28TQ
1.4
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Conventions
1.4.1 Format Conventions
The following conventions are used in this Guide:

Items in square brackets [ ] are optional

Items in braces { } are required

Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. For example: speed
{10 | 100 | 1000 }

Bold indicates an unalterable keyword. For example: show logging

Normal Font indicates a constant (several options are enumerated and only one can be
selected). For example: switchport type { access | trunk | general }

Italic Font indicates a variable (an actual value must be assigned). For example: bridge
aging-time aging-time
1.4.2 Special Characters
You should pay attentions to the description below if the variable is a character string:

These six characters ” < > , \ & cannot be input.

If a blank is contained in a character string, single or double quotation marks should be used,
for example ’hello world’, ”hello world”, and the words in the quotation marks will be identified
as a string. Otherwise, the words will be identified as several strings.
1.4.3 Parameter Format
Some parameters must be entered in special formats which are shown as follows:

MAC Address must be entered in the format of xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx.

One or several values can be typed for a port-list or a vlan-list using comma to separate. Use
a hyphen to designate a range of values, for instance 1,3-5,7 indicates choosing 1,3,4,5,7.

The port number should format as 1/0/3, meaning unit/slot/port. The unit number represents
the unit ID of the switch in the stack. The slot number is either 0 or 1, with 0 representing ports
on the front panel and 1 representing the two ports on the Interface Card inserted into the
back panel. The port number is a variable (an actual value must be assigned).
22
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 2
User Interface
enable
Description
The enable command is used to access Privileged EXEC Mode from User
EXEC Mode.
Syntax
enable
Command Mode
User EXEC Mode
Example
If you have set the password to access Privileged EXEC Mode from User EXEC
Mode:
T2700G-28TQ>enable
Password:
T2700G-28TQ#
service password-encryption
Description
The service password-encryption command is used to encrypt the password
when the password is defined or when the configuration is written, using the
symmetric encryption algorithm. Encryption prevents the password from being
readable in the configuration file. To disable the global encryption function,
please use no service password-encryption command.
Syntax
service password-encryption
no service password-encryption
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
23
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Enable the global encryption function:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# service password-encryption
enable password
Description
The enable password command is used to set or change the password for
users to access Privileged EXEC Mode from User EXEC Mode. To remove the
password, please use no enable password command. This command uses the
symmetric encryption.
Syntax
enable password { [ 0 ] password | 7 encrypted-password }
no enable password
Parameter
0 —— Specify the encryption type. 0 indicates that an unencrypted password
will follow. By default, the encryption type is 0.
password —— Super password, a string from 1 to 31 alphanumeric characters
or symbols. The password is case sensitive, allows spaces but ignores leading
spaces, and cannot contain question marks. By default, it is empty.
7 —— Indicates a symmetric encrypted password with fixed length will follow.
encrypted-password —— A symmetric encrypted password with fixed length,
which you can copy from another switch’s configuration file. After the encrypted
password is configured, you should use the corresponding unencrypted
password access Privileged EXEC Mode from User EXEC Mode..
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
1.
If the password you configured here is unencrypted and the global
encryption function is enabled in service password-encryption, the
password in the configuration file will be displayed in the symmetric
encrypted form.
2.
If both the enable password and enable secret password are defined, only
the latest configured password will take effect.
24
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Set the super password as “admin” and unencrypted to access Privileged EXEC
Mode from User EXEC Mode:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#enable password 0 admin
enable secret
Description
The enable secret command is used to set a secret password for users to
access Privileged EXEC Mode from User EXEC Mode. To return to the default
configuration, please use no enable secret command. This command uses the
MD5 encryption.
Syntax
enable secret { [ 0 ] password | 5 encrypted-password }
no enable secret
Parameter
0 —— Specify the encryption type. 0 indicates that an unencrypted password
will follow. By default, the encryption type is 0.
password —— Super password, a string from 1 to 31 alphanumeric characters
or symbols. The password is case sensitive, allows spaces but ignores leading
spaces, and cannot contain question marks. By default, it is empty. The
password in the configuration file will be displayed in the MD5 encrypted form.
5 —— Indicates an MD5 encrypted password with fixed length will follow.
encrypted-password —— An MD5 encrypted password with fixed length, which
you can copy from another switch’s configuration file. After the encrypted
password is configured, you should use the corresponding unencrypted
password when you access Privileged EXEC Mode from User EXEC Mode.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
If both the enable password and enable secret are defined, only the latest
configured password will take effect.
25
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Set the secret password as “admin” and unencrypted to access Privileged
EXEC Mode from User EXEC Mode. The password will be displayed in the
encrypted form.
T2700G-28TQ(config)#enable secret 0 admin
disable
Description
The disable command is used to return to User EXEC Mode from Privileged
EXEC Mode.
Syntax
disable
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Return to User EXEC Mode from Privileged EXEC Mode:
T2700G-28TQ#disable
T2700G-28TQ>
configure
Description
The configure command is used to access Global Configuration Mode from
Privileged EXEC Mode.
Syntax
configure
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Access Global Configuration Mode from Privileged EXEC Mode:
T2700G-28TQ#configure
26
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)#
exit
Description
The exit command is used to return to the previous Mode from the current
Mode.
Syntax
exit
Command Mode
Any Configuration Mode
Example
Return to Global Configuration Mode from Interface Configuration Mode, and
then return to Privileged EXEC Mode:
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#exit
T2700G-28TQ(config)#exit
T2700G-28TQ#
end
Description
The end command is used to return to Privileged EXEC Mode.
Syntax
end
Command Mode
Any Configuration Mode
Example
Return to Privileged EXEC Mode from Interface Configuration Mode:
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#end
27
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
history
Description
The history command is used to show the latest 20 commands you entered in
the current mode since the switch is powered.
Syntax
history
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and any Configuration Mode
Example
Show the commands you have entered in the current mode:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# history
1 history
history clear
Description
The history clear command is used to clear the commands you have entered in
the current mode, therefore these commands will not be shown next time you
use the history command.
Syntax
history clear
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and any Configuration Mode
Example
Clear the commands you have entered in the current mode:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#history clear
28
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 3
Stack
The stack technology is to connect multiple stackable devices through their StackWise ports,
forming a stack which works as a unified system and presents as a single entity to the network in
Layer 2 and Layer 3 protocols. This chapter describes how to manage the T2700G-28TQ switch
stacks.
switch priority
Description
The switch priority command is specify the stack member number and the new
priority for the stack member. To restore the priority of the specified stack
member to the default value as 5, please use no switch priority command.
Syntax
swtich unitid priority priority
no switch unitid priority
Parameter
unitid —— Specify the member number.
priority —— Specify the member’s priority, ranging from 1 to 15.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the unit 1’s priority as 10 in the stack:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# switch 1 priority 10
switch renumber
Description
The switch renumber command is modify the member number of a specified
stack member.
29
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
swtich unitid renumber { newid | auto-numbering }
Parameter
unitid —— Specify the member to be renumbered.
newid —— Specify the new stack member number for the stack member.
auto-numbering—— The specified member will obtain its stack number through
auto-numbering.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Modify the unit 1’s new member number as 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# switch 1 renumber 2
switch authentication-mode
Description
The switch authentication-mode command is used to configure the stack
authentication mode. To disable the authentication function, please use no
switch authentication-mode command.
Syntax
swtich authentication-mode { simple | md5 } { [ 0 ] password | 7
encrypted-password }
no switch authentication-mode
Parameter
simple | md5 —— Specify the stack’s authentication mode. “simple” means
authentication will be performed using a text password. “md5” means
authentication will be performed via a text password and MD5 algorithm. This
authentication mode has a higher security than Simple mode.
0 —— Specify the encryption type. 0 indicates that an unencrypted password
will follow. By default, the encryption type is 0.
30
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
password —— Super password, a string from 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters
or symbols. The password is case sensitive, allows spaces but ignores leading
spaces, and cannot contain question marks. By default, it is empty.
7 —— Indicates a symmetric encrypted password with a fixed length will follow.
encrypted-password —— A symmetric encrypted password with a fixed length,
which you can copy from another switch configuration. After the encrypted
password is configured, you should use the corresponding unencrypted
password if you re-enter this mode.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
If the password you configured here is unencrypted and the global encryption
function is enabled in service password-encryption, the password in the
configuration file will be displayed in the symmetric encrypted form.
Example
Configure the stack’s authentication mode as md5 and the unencrypted
password as hello:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# switch authentication-mode md5 hello
switch stack-name
Description
The switch stack-name command is customize the stack’s name. To restore to
the default name “Stack”, please use no switch stack-name command.
Syntax
swtich stack-name { name }
no switch stack-name
Parameter
name —— Specify the name of the stack.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
31
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Specify the name of the stack as Stack1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# switch stack-name Stack1
switch stack-port
Description
The switch stack-port command is used to enable the stack port. To switch the
stack port to Ethernet port, please use no switch stack-port command.
Syntax
swtich stack-port interface ten-gigabitEthernet port
no switch stack-port interface ten-gigabitEthernet port
Parameter
port —— The stack port number.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the ten-gigabit port 1/1/2 as stack port when the Interface Card is
installed:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# switch stack-port interface ten-gigabitEthernet
1/1/2
show switch
Description
The show switch command is used to display the current stack’s information.
Syntax
show switch [ unitid | detail | neighbor | stack-ports ]
Parameter
unitid —— Specify the member number.
32
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
detail —— Display the detailed information of the stack, including stack member,
stack port and neighboring information.
neighbor —— Display the information of the stack neighbor.
stack-ports —— Display the information of the stack ports.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the detailed information of the current stack:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show switch detail
33
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 4
IEEE 802.1Q VLAN Commands
VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network) technology is developed for the switch to divide the LAN into
multiple logical LANs flexibly. Hosts in the same VLAN can communicate with each other,
regardless of their physical locations. VLAN can enhance performance by conserving bandwidth,
and improve security by limiting traffic to specific domains.
vlan
Description
The vlan command is used to create IEEE 802.1Q VLAN hereafter to access to
VLAN Configuration Mode. To delete the IEEE 802.1Q VLAN, please use no
vlan command.
Syntax
vlan vlan-list
no vlan vlan-list
Parameter
vlan-list —— VLAN ID list, ranging from 2 to 4094, in the format of 2-3, 5. It is
multi-optional.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create VLAN 2-10 and VLAN 100:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#vlan 2-10,100
Delete VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#no vlan 2
34
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
interface vlan
Description
The interface vlan command is used to create VLAN Interface hereafter to
access to Interface VLAN Mode.
Syntax
interface vlan vlan-id
no interface vlan vlan-id
Parameter
vlan-id —— Specify IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create VLAN Interface 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface vlan 2
name
Description
The name command is used to assign a description string to a VLAN. To clear
the description, please use no name command.
Syntax
name descript
no name
Parameter
descript —— String to describe the VLAN, which contains 16 characters at
most.
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration Mode (VLAN)
35
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Specify the description string of the VLAN 2 as “VLAN002”:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-vlan)#name VLAN002
switchport mode
Description
The switchport mode command is used to configure the Link Types for the
ports.
Syntax
switchport mode { access | trunk | general }
Parameter
access | trunk | general —— Link Types. There are three Link Types for the
ports.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Specify the Link Type of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/3 as “trunk”:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/3
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#switchport mode trunk
switchport access vlan
Description
The switchport access vlan command is used to add the desired Access port
to IEEE 802.1Q VLAN, or to remove a port from the corresponding VLAN.
Syntax
switchport access vlan vlan-id
36
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
no switchport access vlan
Parameter
vlan-id —— Specify IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID, ranging from 2 to 4094.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/3 whose link type is “access” to VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/3
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#switchport access vlan 2
switchport trunk allowed vlan
Description
The switchport trunk allowed vlan command is used to add the desired Trunk
port to IEEE 802.1Q VLAN. To remove a Trunk port from the corresponding
VLAN, please use no switchport trunk allowed vlan command.
Syntax
switchport trunk allowed vlan { vlan-list | all }
no switchport trunk allowed vlan { vlan-list | all }
Parameter
vlan-list —— VLAN ID list, ranging from 2 to 4094, in the format of 2-3, 5. It is
multi-optional.
all —— Add the port to all of the existing VLANs.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the link type of port 2 as trunk and add it to VLAN 2:
37
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#switchport mode trunk
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#switchport trunk allowed vlan 2
switchport general allowed vlan
Description
The switchport general allowed vlan command is used to add the desired
General port to IEEE 802.1Q VLAN, or to remove a port from the corresponding
VLAN.
Syntax
switchport general allowed vlan vlan-list { tagged | untagged }
no switchport general allowed vlan vlan-list
Parameter
vlan-list —— VLAN ID list, ranging from 2 to 4094, in the format of 2-3, 5. It is
multi-optional.
tagged | untagged —— egress-rule.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/4 whose link type is “general” to VLAN 2 and
its egress-rule as “tagged”:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/4
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#switchport mode general
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#switchport general allowed vlan 2 tagged
38
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
switchport pvid
Description
The switchport pvid command is used to configure the PVID for the switch
ports. To restore the PVID of the specified port as 1, please use the no
switchport pvid.
Syntax
switchport pvid vlan-id
Parameter
vlan-id —— Specify IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Specify the PVID of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/3 as 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/3
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#switchport pvid 1
show interface switchport
Description
The show interface switchport command is used to display the information of
one or all Ethernet ports.
Syntax
show interface switchport [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameter
port ——The Fast/Gigabit/Ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
39
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Display the detailed information of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/3:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show interface switchport gigabitEthernet 1/0/3
show vlan summary
Description
The show vlan summary command is used to display the summarized
information of IEEE 802.1Q VLAN.
Syntax
show vlan summary
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the summarized information of IEEE 802.1Q VLAN:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show vlan summary
show vlan brief
Description
The show vlan brief command is used to display the brief information of IEEE
802.1Q VLAN.
Syntax
show vlan brief
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the brief information of IEEE 802.1Q VLAN:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show vlan brief
40
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show vlan
Description
The show vlan command is used to display the detailed information of IEEE
802.1Q VLAN.
Syntax
show vlan [id vlan-id]
Parameter
vlan-id —— Specify IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094. Using the
show vlan command without parameter displays the detailed information of all
the VLAN.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the detailed information of VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show vlan id 2
41
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 5
MAC-based VLAN Commands
MAC VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network) is the way to classify the VLANs based on MAC Address.
A MAC address is relative to a single VLAN ID. The untagged packets and the priority-tagged
packets coming from the MAC address will be tagged with this VLAN ID.
mac-vlan mac-address
Description
The mac-vlan mac-address command is used to create a MAC-based VLAN
entry. To delete a MAC-based VLAN entry, please use the no mac-vlan
mac-address command.
Syntax
mac-vlan mac-address mac-addr vlan vlan-id [description descript]
no mac-vlan mac-address mac-addr
Parameter
mac-addr —— MAC address, in the format of XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX.
vlan-id —— Specify IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
descript —— Give a description to the MAC address for identification, which
contains 8 characters at most.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create VLAN 2 with the MAC address 00:11:11:01:01:12 and the name “TP”:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#mac-vlan mac-address 00:11:11:01:01:12 vlan 2
description TP
42
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
mac-vlan
Description
The mac-vlan command is used to enable a port for the MAC-based VLAN
feature. Only the port is enabled can the configured MAC-based VLAN take
effect. To disable the MAC-based VLAN function, please use no mac-vlan
command. All the ports are disabled by default.
Syntax
mac-vlan
no mac-vlan
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/3 for the MAC-based VLAN feature:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/3
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#mac-vlan
show mac-vlan
Description
The show mac-vlan command is used to display the information of the
MAC-based VLAN entry. MAC address and VLAN ID can be used to filter the
displayed information.
Syntax
show mac-vlan { all | mac-address mac-addr | vlan vlan-id }
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Parameter
mac-addr —— MAC address, in the format of XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX.
43
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
vlan-id —— Specify IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
Example
Display the information of all the MAC-based VLAN entry:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show mac-vlan all
show mac-vlan interface
Description
The show mac-vlan interface command is used to display the port state of
MAC-based VLAN.
Syntax
show mac-vlan interface
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the enable state of all the ports:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show mac-vlan interface
44
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 6
Protocol-based VLAN Commands
Protocol VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network) is the way to classify VLANs based on Protocols. A
Protocol is relative to a single VLAN ID. The untagged packets and the priority-tagged packets
matching the protocol template will be tagged with this VLAN ID.
protocol-vlan template
Description
The protocol-vlan template command is used to create Protocol-based VLAN
template. To delete Protocol-based VLAN template, please use no
protocol-vlan template command.
Syntax
protocol-vlan template name protocol-name frame { ether_2 ether-type type
| snap ether-type type | llc dsap dsap_type ssap ssap_type }
no protocol-vlan template template-idx
Parameter
protocol-name —— Give a name for the Protocol-based VLAN Template ,
which contains 8 characters at most.
ether_2 ether-type type —— Specify the Ethernet type.
snap ether-type type —— Specify the Ethernet type.
llc dsap dsap_type ssap ssap_type —— Specify the DSAP type and the SSAP
type.
template-idx —— The number of the Protocol-based VLAN Template. You can
get the template corresponding to the number by the show protocol-vlan
template command.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create a Protocol-based VLAN template named “TP” whose Ethernet protocol
type is 0x2024:
45
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)#protocol-vlan template name TP frame ether_2
ether-type 2024
protocol-vlan vlan
Description
The protocol-vlan vlan command is used to create a Protocol-based VLAN
entry. To delete a Protocol-based VLAN entry, please use no protocol-vlan
vlan command.
Syntax
protocol-vlan vlan vlan-id template template-idx
no protocol-vlan vlan group-idx
Parameter
vlan-id —— Specify IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID, ranging from 1-4094.
template-idx ——The number of the Protocol-based VLAN Template. You can
get the template corresponding to the number by the show protocol-vlan
template command.
group-idx ——The number of the Protocol-based VLAN entry. You can get the
Protocol-based VLAN entry corresponding to the number by the show
protocol-vlan vlan command.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create Protocol-based VLAN 2 and bind it with Protocol-based VLAN Template 3:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#protocol-vlan vlan 2 template 3
protocol-vlan group
Description
The protocol-vlan command is used to add the port to a specified protocol
group. To remove the port from this protocol group, please use no
protocol-vlan group command.
46
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
protocol-vlan group index
no protocol-vlan group index
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Parameter
index —— Specify the protocol group ID.
Example
Add Gigabit Ethernet port 20 to protocol group 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/20
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#protocol-vlan group 1
show protocol-vlan template
Description
The show protocol-vlan template command is used to display the information
of the Protocol-based VLAN templates.
Syntax
show protocol-vlan template
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of the Protocol-based VLAN templates:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show protocol-vlan template
47
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show protocol-vlan vlan
Description
The show protocol-vlan vlan command is used to display the information
about Protocol-based VLAN entry.
Syntax
show protocol-vlan vlan
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display information of the Protocol-based VLAN entry:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show protocol-vlan vlan
48
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 7
VLAN-VPN Commands
VLAN-VPN (Virtual Private Network) function, the implement of a simple and flexible Layer 2 VPN
technology, allows the packets with VLAN tags of private networks to be encapsulated with VLAN
tags of public networks at the network access terminal of the Internet Service Provider. And these
packets will be transmitted with double-tag across the public networks.
dot1q-tunnel
Description
The dot1q-tunnel command is used to enable the VLAN-VPN function globally.
To disable the VLAN-VPN function, please use the no dot1q-tunnel command.
Syntax
dot1q-tunnel
no dot1q-tunnel
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the VLAN-VPN function globally:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#dot1q-tunnel
dot1q-tunnel tpid
Description
The dot1q-tunnel tpid command is used to configure Global TPID of the
VLAN-VPN. To restore to the default value, please use the no dot1q-tunnel
tpid command.
Syntax
dot1q-tunnel tpid tpid
no dot1q-tunnel tpid
49
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
tpid —— The value of Global TPID. It must be 4 Hex integers. By default, it is
8100.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure Global TPID of the VLAN-VPN as 0x9100:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#dot1q-tunnel tpid 9100
dot1q-tunnel mapping
Description
The dot1q-tunnel mapping command is used to enable the VLAN Mapping
feature globally. To disable this function, please use the no dot1q-tunnel
mapping command. By default, the VLAN Mapping feature is disabled.
Syntax
dot1q-tunnel mapping
no dot1q-tunnel mapping
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the VLAN mapping feature globally:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#dot1q-tunnel mapping
switchport dot1q-tunnel mapping
Description
The switchport dot1q-tunnel mapping command is used add the VLAN
Mapping entry on a specified port. To delete the VLAN Mapping entry on this
port, please use the no switchport dot1q-tunnel mapping command.
50
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
switchport dot1q-tunnel mapping c-vlan sp-vlan [descript]
no switchport dot1q-tunnel mapping c-vlan
Parameter
c-vlan —— Customer VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
sp-vlan —— Service Provider VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
descript —— Give a description to the VLAN Mapping entry, which contains 15
characters at most.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Add a VLAN Mapping entry on the Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/3 with the Customer
VLAN as VLAN 2 and the Service Provider VLAN as VLAN 3:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/3
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#switchport dot1q-tunnel mapping 2 3
switchport dot1q-tunnel mode
Description
The switchport dot1q-tunnel mode command is used to configure the VPN
port’s mode. To close this VPN port, please use the no switchport
dot1q-tunnel mode command. By default, no port has been configured as the
VPN port. The VPN port mode uni and nni cannot switch to each other directly,
so please close the VPN port and switch to the other mode if needed.
Syntax
switchport dot1q-tunnel mode { uni/nni }
no switchport dot1q-tunnel mode
Parameter
uni ——The port connected to the clients.
nni ——The port connected to the ISP.
51
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/3 as the VPN UNI ports:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/3
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#switchport dot1q-tunnel mode uni
show dot1q-tunnel
Description
The show dot1q-tunnel command is used to display the global configuration
information of the VLAN VPN.
Syntax
show dot1q-tunnel
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global configuration information of the VLAN VPN:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show dot1q-tunnel
show dot1q-tunnel mapping
Description
The show dot1q-tunnel mapping command is used to display the information
of VLAN Mapping entry.
Syntax
show dot1q-tunnel mapping
52
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of VLAN Mapping entry:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show dot1q-tunnel mapping
show dot1q-tunnel interface
Description
The show dot1q-tunnel mapping interface command is used to display the
VLAN VPN port type.
Syntax
show dot1q-tunnel interface
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the port type of all VLAN VPN ports:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show dot1q-tunnel interface
53
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 8
Voice VLAN Commands
Voice VLANs are configured specially for voice data stream. By configuring Voice VLANs and
adding the ports with voice devices attached to voice VLANs, you can perform QoS-related
configuration for voice data, ensuring the transmission priority of voice data stream and voice
quality.
voice vlan
Description
The voice vlan command is used to enable Voice VLAN function. To disable
Voice VLAN function, please use no voice vlan command.
Syntax
voice vlan vlan-id
no voice vlan
Parameter
vlan-id —— Specify IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID, ranging from 2 to 4094.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the Voice VLAN function for VLAN 10:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#voice vlan 10
voice vlan aging
Description
The voice vlan aging command is used to set the aging time for a voice VLAN.
To restore to the default aging time for the Voice VLAN, please use no voice
vlan aging command. By default, the aging time is 1440 minutes.
Syntax
voice vlan aging time
54
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
no voice vlan aging
Parameter
time —— Aging time (in minutes) to be set for the Voice VLAN. It ranges from 1
to 43200.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Set the aging time for the Voice VLAN as 1 minute:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#voice vlan aging 1
voice vlan priority
Description
The voice vlan priority command is used to configure the priority for the Voice
VLAN. To restore to the default priority, please use no voice vlan priority
command. By default, the priority value is 6.
Syntax
voice vlan priority pri
no voice vlan priority
Parameter
pri —— Priority, ranging from 0 to 7.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the priority of the Voice VLAN as 5:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#voice vlan priority 5
55
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
voice vlan mac-address
Description
The voice vlan mac-address command is used to create Voice VLAN OUI. To
delete the specified Voice VLAN OUI, please use no voice vlan mac-address
command.
Syntax
voice vlan mac-address mac-addr mask mask [description descript]
no voice vlan mac-address mac-addr
Parameter
mac-addr —— The OUI address of the voice device, in the format of
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX.
mask —— The OUI address mask of the voice device, in the format of
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX.
descript —— Give a description to the OUI for identification which contains 16
characters at most.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create a Voice VLAN OUI described as “TP-Phone” with the OUI address
00:11:11:00:00:00 and the mask address FF:FF:FF:00:00:00:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#voice vlan mac-address 00:11:11:00:00:00 mask
FF:FF:FF:00:00:00 description TP- Phone
switchport voice vlan mode
Description
The switchport voice vlan mode command is used to configure the Voice
VLAN mode for the Ethernet port.
Syntax
switchport voice vlan mode { manual | auto }
56
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
manual | auto —— Port mode.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/3 to operate in the auto voice VLAN
mode:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/3
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#switchport voice vlan mode auto
switchport voice vlan security
Description
The switchport voice vlan security command is used to enable the Voice
VLAN security feature. To disable the Voice VLAN security feature, please use
no switchport voice vlan security command.
Syntax
switchport voice vlan security
no switchport voice vlan security
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/3 for Voice VLAN security feature:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/3
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#switchport voice vlan security
57
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show voice vlan
Description
The show voice vlan command is used to display the global configuration
information of Voice VLAN.
Syntax
show voice vlan
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration information of Voice VLAN globally:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show voice vlan
show voice vlan oui
Description
The show voice vlan oui command is used to display the configuration
information of Voice VLAN OUI.
Syntax
show voice vlan oui
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration information of Voice VLAN OUI:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show voice vlan oui
58
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show voice vlan switchport
Description
The show voice vlan switchport command is used to display the configuration
information of all the ports or one specified port in the Voice VLAN.
Syntax
show voice vlan switchport [fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameter
port ——The Fast/Gigabit/Ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number selected to display
the configuration information.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration information of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/1 in the Voice
VLAN:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show voice vlan switchport gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
Display the configuration information of all the ports in the Voice VLAN:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show voice vlan switchport
59
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 9
Private VLAN Commands
Private VLANs are configured specially for saving VLAN resource of uplink devices and decreasing
broadcast.
private-vlan primary
Description
The private-vlan primary command is used to configure the designated VLAN
as the primary VLAN of the Private VLAN. To remove the primary VLAN
property pf the current VLAN, please use no private-vlan primary command.
Syntax
private-vlan primary
no private-vlan primary
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration Mode (VLAN)
Example
Configure the VLAN 3 as the primary VLAN of the private VLAN:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#vlan 3
T2700G-28TQ(config-vlan)#private-vlan primary
private-vlan community
Description
The private-vlan community command is used to configure the designated
VLAN as the community VLAN of the Private VLAN. To remove the community
VLAN property pf the current VLAN, please use no private-vlan community
command.
Syntax
private-vlan community
no private-vlan community
60
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration Mode (VLAN)
Example
Configure the VLAN 4 as the community VLAN of the private VLAN:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#vlan 4
T2700G-28TQ(config-vlan)#private-vlan community
private-vlan isolated
Description
The private-vlan isolated command is used to configure the designated VLAN
as the isolated VLAN of the Private VLAN. To remove the isolated VLAN
property pf the current VLAN, please use no private-vlan isolated command.
Syntax
private-vlan isolated
no private-vlan isolated
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration Mode (VLAN)
Example
Configure the VLAN 3 as the isolated VLAN of the private VLAN:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#vlan 3
T2700G-28TQ(config-vlan)#private-vlan isolated
private-vlan association
Description
The private-vlan association command is used to associate primary VLAN
with secondary VLAN. To exterminate the currently association, please use no
private-vlan association command.
Syntax
private-vlan association vlan_list
61
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
no private-vlan association vlan_list
Parameter
vlan_list —— Secondary VLAN ID, ranging from 2 to 4094.
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration Mode (VLAN)
Example
Associate primary VLAN 3 with community VLAN 4 as a private VLAN:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#vlan 3
T2700G-28TQ(config-vlan)#private-vlan association 4
switchport private-vlan
Description
The switchport private-vlan command is used to configure the private VLAN
mode for the switchport. To invalid the configuration, please use no switchport
private-vlan command.
Syntax
switchport private-vlan { promiscuous | host }
no switchport private-vlan
Parameter
promiscuous | host —— Configure the private VLAN mode for the switchport.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure Gigabit Ethernet port 3 as “host”:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/3
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#switchport private-vlan host
62
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
switchport private-vlan host-association
Description
The switchport private-vlan host-association command is used to add host
type port to private VLAN. To remove the port from Private VLAN, please use no
switchport private-vlan host-association command.
Syntax
switchport private-vlan host-association primary_vlan_id secondary_vlan_id
vlantype
no switchport private-vlan host-association
Parameter
primary-vlan-id —— Primary VLAN ID, ranging from 2 to 4094.
secondary-vlan-id —— Secondary VLAN ID, ranging from 2 to 4094.
vlantype —— Specify the type of the secondary VLAN, either community or
isolated.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure host type Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/3 as a member of primary VLAN 3
and secondary VLAN 4, with the type of VLAN 4 as community:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/3
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#switchport private-vlan host-association 3 4
community
switchport private-vlan mapping
Description
The switchport private-vlan mapping command is used to add promiscuous
type port to private VLAN. To remove the port from Private VLAN, please use no
switchport private-vlan mapping command.
63
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
switchport private-vlan mapping primary_vlan_id secondary_vlan_id
no switchport private-vlan mapping
Parameter
primary-vlan-id —— Primary VLAN ID, ranging from 2 to 4094.
secondary-vlan-id —— Secondary VLAN ID, ranging from 2 to 4094.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure promiscuous type Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/3 as a member of primary
VLAN 3 and secondary VLAN 4:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/3
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#switchport private-vlan mapping 3 4
show vlan private-vlan
Description
The show vlan private-vlan command is used to display the Private VLAN
configuration information of the switch.
Syntax
show vlan private-vlan
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration information of all Private VLAN:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show vlan private-vlan
64
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show vlan private-vlan interface
Description
The show vlan private-vlan interface command is used to display the Private
VLAN configuration information of the specified port(s).
Syntax
show vlan private-vlan interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameter
port —— The list of Ethernet ports.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration information of all the Ethernet ports:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show vlan private-vlan interface
65
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 10 GVRP Commands
GVRP (GARP VLAN registration protocol) is an implementation of GARP (generic attribute
registration protocol). GVRP allows the switch to automatically add or remove the VLANs via the
dynamic VLAN registration information and propagate the local VLAN registration information to
other switches, without having to individually configure each VLAN.
gvrp
Description
The gvrp command is used to enable the GVRP function globally. To disable the
GVRP function, please use no gvrp command.
Syntax
gvrp
no gvrp
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the GVRP function globally:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#gvrp
gvrp (interface)
Description
The gvrp command is used to enable the GVRP function for the desired port. To
disable it, please use no gvrp command. The GVRP feature can only be
enabled for the trunk-type ports.
Syntax
gvrp
no gvrp
66
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the GVRP function for Gigabit Ethernet ports 1/0/2-6:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface range gigabitEthernet 1/0/2-6
T2700G-28TQ(config-if-range)#gvrp
gvrp registration
Description
The gvrp registration command is used to configure the GVRP registration
type for the desired port. To restore to the default value, please use no gvrp
registration command.
Syntax
gvrp registration { normal | fixed | forbidden }
no gvrp registration
Parameter
normal | fixed | forbidden —— Registration mode. By default, the registration
mode is “normal”.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the GVRP registration mode as “fixed” for Gigabit Ethernet ports
1/0/2-6:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface range gigabitEthernet 1/0/2-6
T2700G-28TQ(config-if-range)#gvrp registration fixed
67
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
gvrp timer
Description
The gvrp timer command is used to set a GVRP timer for the desired port. To
restore to the default setting of a GARP timer, please use no gvrp timer
command.
Syntax
gvrp timer { leaveall | join | leave } value
no gvrp timer [leaveall | join | leave]
Parameter
leaveall | join | leave —— They are the three timers: leave All, join and leave.
Once the LeaveAll Timer is set, the port with GVRP enabled can send a
LeaveAll message after the timer times out, so that other GARP ports can
re-register all the attribute information. After that, the LeaveAll timer will start to
begin a new cycle. To guarantee the transmission of the Join messages, a
GARP port sends each Join message two times. The Join Timer is used to
define the interval between the two sending operations of each Join message.
Once the Leave Timer is set, the GARP port receiving a Leave message will
start its Leave timer, and deregister the attribute information if it does not receive
a Join message again before the timer times out.
value ——The value of the timer. The LeaveAll Timer ranges from 1000 to
30000 centiseconds and the default value is 1000 centiseconds. The Join Timer
ranges from 20 to 1000 centiseconds and the default value is 20 centiseconds.
The Leave Timer ranges from 60 to 3000 centiseconds and the default value is
60 centiseconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Set the GARP leaveall timer of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/6 as 2000 centiseconds
and restore the join timer of it to the default value:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/6
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#gvrp timer leaveall 2000
68
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#no gvrp timer join
show gvrp global
Description
The show gvrp global command is used to display the global GVRP status.
Syntax
show gvrp global
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global GVRP status:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show gvrp global
show gvrp interface
Description
The show gvrp interface command is used to display the GVRP configuration
information of a specified Ethernet port or of all Ethernet ports.
Syntax
show gvrp interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameter
port ——The Fast/Gigabit/Ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number. By default, the
GVRP configuration information of all the Ethernet ports is displayed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the GVRP configuration information of Gigabit Ethernet port 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show gvrp interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
Display the GVRP configuration information of all Ethernet ports:
69
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show gvrp interface
70
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 11 Etherchannel Commands
Etherchannel Commands are used to configure LAG and LACP function.
LAG (Link Aggregation Group) is to combine a number of ports together to make a single
high-bandwidth data path, which can highly extend the bandwidth. The bandwidth of the LAG is
the sum of bandwidth of its member port.
LACP (Link Aggregation Control Protocol) is defined in IEEE802.3ad and enables the dynamic link
aggregation and disaggregation by exchanging LACP packets with its partner. The switch can
dynamically group similarly configured ports into a single logical link, which will highly extend the
bandwidth and flexibly balance the load.
channel-group
Description
The channel-group command is used to add a port to the EtherChannel Group
and configure its mode. To delete the port from the EtherChannel Group, please
use no channel-group command.
Syntax
channel-group num mode { on | active | passive }
no channel-group
Parameter
num —— The number of the EtherChannel Group, ranging from 1 to 32.
on —— Enable the static LAG.
active —— Enable the active LACP mode.
passive —— Enable the passive LACP mode.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Add the Gigabit Ethernet port 2-4 to EtherChannel Group 1 and enable the
static LAG:
71
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface range gigabitEthernet 1/0/2-4
T2700G-28TQ(config-if-range)#channel-group 1 mode on
port-channel load-balance
Description
The port-channel load-balance command is used to configure the Aggregate
Arithmetic for LAG. To return to the default configurations, please use no
port-channel load-balance command.
Syntax
port-channel load-balance {src-dst-mac | src-dst-ip}
no port-channel load-balance
Parameter
src-dst-mac —— The source and destination MAC address. When this option is
selected, the Aggregate Arithmetic will be based on the source and destination
MAC addresses of the packets. The Aggregate Arithmetic for LAG is
“src-dst-mac” by default.
src-dst-ip —— The source and destination IP address. When this option is
selected, the Aggregate Arithmetic will be based on the source and destination
IP addresses of the packets.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the Aggregate Arithmetic for LAG as “src-dst-mac”:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#port-channel load-balance src-dst-mac
lacp system-priority
Description
The lacp system-priority command is used to configure the LACP system
priority globally. To return to the default configurations, please use no lacp
system-priority command.
72
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
lacp system-priority pri
no lacp system-priority
Parameter
pri —— The system priority, ranging from 0 to 65535. It is 32768 by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the LACP system priority as 1024 globally:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#lacp system-priority 1024
lacp port-priority
Description
The lacp port-priority command is used to configure the LACP system priority
globally. To return to the default configurations, please use no lacp
port-priority command.
Syntax
lacp port-priority pri
no lacp port-priority
Parameter
pri —— The port priority, ranging from 0 to 65535. It is 32768 by default.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the LACP port priority as 1024 for Gigabit Ethernet port 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#lacp port-priority 1024
73
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show etherchannel
Description
The show etherchannel command is used to display the EtherChannel
information.
Syntax
show etherchannel [channel-group-num ] { detail | summary }
Parameter
channel-group-num —— The EtherChannel Group number, ranging from 1 to
32. By default, it is empty, and will display the information of all EtherChannel
Groups.
detail —— The detailed information of EtherChannel.
summary —— The EtherChannel information in summary.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the detailed information of EtherChannel Group 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show etherchannel 1 detail
show etherchannel load-balance
Description
The show etherchannel load-balance command is used to display the
Aggregate Arithmetic of LAG.
Syntax
show etherchannel load-balance
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the Aggregate Arithmetic of LAG:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show etherchannel load-balance
74
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show lacp
Description
The show lacp command is used to display the LACP information for a
specified EtherChannel Group.
Syntax
show lacp [ channel-group-num ] { internal | neighbor }
Parameter
channel-group-num —— The EtherChannel Group number, ranging from 1 to
32. By default, it is empty, and will display the information of all LACP groups.
internal —— The internal LACP information.
neighbor —— The neighbor LACP information.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the internal LACP information of EtherChannel Group 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show lacp 1 internal
show lacp sys-id
Description
The show lacp sys-id command is used to display the LACP system priority
globally.
Syntax
show lacp sys-id
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the LACP system priority:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show lacp sys-id
75
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 12 User Manage Commands
User Manage Commands are used to manage the user’s logging information by Web, Telnet or
SSH, so as to protect the settings of the switch from being randomly changed.
user name (password)
Description
The user name command is used to add a new user or modify the existed
users’ information. To delete the existed users, please use no user name
command. This command uses the symmetric encryption.
Syntax
user name name [ privilege admin | guest ] password { [ 0 ] password | 7
encrypted-password }
no user name name
Parameter
name ——Type a name for users' login, which contains 16 characters at most,
composed of digits, English letters and under dashes only.
admin | guest —— Access level. “Admin” means that you can edit, modify and
view all the settings of different functions. “Guest” means that you can only view
the settings without the right to edit and modify. It is “admin” by default.
0 —— Specify the encryption type. 0 indicates that an unencrypted password
will follow. By default, the encryption type is 0.
password —— Users’ login password, a string from 1 to 31 alphanumeric
characters or symbols. The password is case sensitive, allows spaces but
ignores leading spaces, and cannot contain question marks. By default, it is
empty.
7 —— Indicates a symmetric encrypted password with fixed length will follow.
encrypted-password —— A symmetric encrypted password with fixed length,
which you can copy from another switch’s configuration file. After the encrypted
password is configured, you should use the corresponding unencrypted
password if you re-enter this mode.
76
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
1.
If the password you configured here is unencrypted and the global
encryption function is enabled in service password-encryption, the
password in the configuration file will be displayed in the symmetric
encrypted form.
2.
If both the user’s password and secret password are defined, only the latest
configured password will take effect.
Example
Add and enable a new admin user named “tplink”, of which the password is
“admin” and unencrypted:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#user name tplink privilege admin password 0 admin
user name (secret)
Description
The user name command is used to add a new user or modify the existed
users’ information. To delete the existed users, please use no user name
command. The password of the user configured here will be displayed in the
MD5 encrypted form in the configuration file.
Syntax
user name name [ privilege admin | guest ] secret { [ 0 ] password | 5
encrypted-password }
no user name name
Parameter
name ——Type a name for users' login, which contains 16 characters at most,
composed of digits, English letters and under dashes only.
admin | guest —— Access level. “Admin” means that you can edit, modify and
view all the settings of different functions. “Guest” means that you can only view
the settings without the right to edit and modify. It is “admin” by default.
0 —— Specify the encryption type. 0 indicates that an unencrypted password
will follow. By default, the encryption type is 0.
77
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
password ——Users’ login password, a string from 1 to 31 alphanumeric
characters or symbols. The password is case sensitive, allows spaces but
ignores leading spaces, and cannot contain question marks. By default, it is
empty. The password in the configuration file will be displayed in the MD5
encrypted form.
5 —— Indicates an MD5 encrypted password with fixed length will follow.
encrypted-password —— An MD5 encrypted password with fixed length, which
you can copy from another switch’s configuration file.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
If both the user name’s password and secret password are defined, only the
latest configured password will take effect.
Example
Add and enable a new admin user named “tplink”, of which the password is
“admin”. The password will be displayed in the encrypted form.
T2700G-28TQ(config)#user name tplink privilege admin secret 0 admin
user access-control ip-based
Description
The user access-control ip-based command is used to limit the IP-range of
the users for login. Only the users within the IP-range you set here are allowed
to login. To cancel the user access limit, please use no user access-control
command.
Syntax
user access-control ip-based ip-addr ip-mask
no user access-control
Parameter
ip-addr —— The source IP address. Only the users within the IP-range you set
here are allowed to login.
ip-mask ——The subnet mask of the IP address.
78
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure that only the user with the IP address 192.168.0.148 is allowed to
login:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#user
access-control
ip-based
192.168.0.148
255.255.255.255
user access-control mac-based
Description
The user access-control mac-based command is used to limit the MAC
address of the users for login. Only the user with this MAC Address you set here
is allowed to login. To cancel the user access limit, please use no user
access-control command.
Syntax
user access-control mac-based mac-addr
no user access-control
Parameter
mac-addr —— The source MAC address. Only the user with this MAC Address
is allowed to login.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure that only the user with the MAC address 00:00:13:0A:00:01 is allowed
to login:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#user access-control mac-based 00:00:13:0A:00:01
79
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
user access-control port-based
Description
The user access-control port-based command is used to limit the ports for
login. Only the users connected to these ports you set here are allowed for login.
To cancel the user access limit, please use no user access-control command.
At most 5 ports can be configured.
Syntax
user access-control port-based interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet
port | ten-gigabitEthernet port | none}
no user access-control
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit/ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number.
none —— Set the access port list to be none.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure that only the users connected to Gigabit Ethernet ports 2 are allowed to
login:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#user
access-control
port-based
interface
gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
user max-number
Description
The user max-number command is used to configure the maximum login user
number at the same time. To cancel the limit on login number, please use no
user max-number command.
Syntax
user max-number admin-num guest-num
no user max-number
80
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
admin-num —— The maximum number of the users allowed to log on as Admin,
ranging from 1 to 16. The total number of Admin and Guest should be less than 16.
guest-num —— The maximum number of the users allowed to log on as Guest,
ranging from 0 to 15. The total number of Admin and Guest should be less than 16.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the maximum number of users’ login as Admin and Guest as 5 and 3:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#user max-num 5 3
user idle-timeout
Description
The user idle-timeout command is used to configure the timeout time of the
switch. To restore to the default timeout time, please use no user idle-timeout
command.
Syntax
user idle-timeout minutes
no user idle-timeout
Parameter
minutes ——The timeout time, ranging from 5 to 30 in minutes. The value is 10
by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the timeout time of the switch as 15 minutes:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#user idle-timeout 15
81
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
line
Description
The line command is used to enter the Line Configuration Mode and make
related configurations for the desired user(s), including the login mode and
password configurations.
Syntax
line [console linenum | vty startlinenum endlinenum ]
Parameter
linenum —— The number of users allowed to login through console port. Its
value is 0 in general as there is only one console port on a switch.
startlinenum ——The start serial number of the login user selected to configure
the login mode and password, ranging from 0 to 15. 0 means the first login user
number, 1 means the second, and the rest can be done on the same manner.
endlinenum —— The end serial number of the login user selected to configure
the login mode and password, ranging from 0 to 15. 0 means the first login user
number, 1 means the second, and the rest can be done on the same manner.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enter the Console port configuration mode and configure the console port 0:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#line console 0
Enter the Virtual Terminal configuration mode so as to prepare further
configurations such as password and login mode for virtual terminal 0 to 5:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#line vty 0 5
password
Description
The password command is used to configure the connection password. To
clear the password, please use no password command.
82
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
password { [ 0 ] password | 7 encrypted-password }
no password
Parameter
0 —— Specify the encryption type. 0 indicates that an unencrypted password
will follow. By default, the encryption type is 0.
password —— Connection password, a string from 1 to 31 alphanumeric
characters or symbols. The password is case sensitive, allows spaces but
ignores leading spaces, and cannot contain question marks. By default, it is
empty.
7 —— Indicates a symmetric encrypted password with fixed length will follow.
encrypted-password —— A symmetric encrypted password with fixed length,
which you can copy from another switch’s configuration file. After the encrypted
password is configured, you should use the corresponding unencrypted
password if you re-enter this mode.
Command Mode
Line Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
If the password you configured here is unencrypted and the global encryption
function is enabled in service password-encryption, the password in the
configuration file will be displayed in the symmetric encrypted form.
Example
Configure the connection password of Console port connection 0 as “tplink” and
unencrypted:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#line console 0
T2700G-28TQ(config-line)#password 0 tplink
Configure the connection password of virtual terminal connection 0-5 as “tplink”
and unencrypted:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#line vty 0 5
T2700G-28TQ(config-line)#password 0 tplink
83
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
login
Description
The login command is used to configure the login mode of a switch which uses
connection password to login. At this situation, a connection password must be
set for virtual terminal connection.
Syntax
login
Command Mode
Line Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the login of Console port connection 0 as login mode:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#line console 0
T2700G-28TQ(config-line)#login
Configure the login of virtual terminal connection 0-5 as login mode:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#line vty 0 5
T2700G-28TQ(config-line)#login
login local
Description
The login local command is used to configure the login mode of the switch
which uses the user name and password to login.
Syntax
login local
Command Mode
Line Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the login of virtual terminal connection 0-5 as login local mode:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#line vty 0 5
T2700G-28TQ(config-line)#login local
84
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Configure the login of Console port connection 0 as login local mode:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#line console 0
T2700G-28TQ(config-line)#login local
show user account-list
Description
The show user account-list command is used to display the information of the
current users.
Syntax
show user account-list
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of the current users:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show user account-list
show user configuration
Description
The user configuration command is used to display the security configuration
information of the users, including access-control, max-number and the
idle-timeout, etc.
Syntax
show user configuration
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the security configuration information of the users:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show user configuration
85
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 13 Binding Table Commands
You can bind the IP address, MAC address, VLAN and the connected Port number of the Host
together, which can be the condition for the ARP Inspection and IP verify source to filter the
packets.
ip source binding
Description
The ip source binding command is used to bind the IP address, MAC address,
VLAN ID and the Port number together manually. You can manually bind the IP
address, MAC address, VLAN ID and the Port number together in the condition
that you have got the related information of the Hosts in the LAN. To delete the
IP-MAC–VID-PORT entry from the binding table, please use no ip source
binding index command.
Syntax
ip source binding hostname ip-addr mac-addr vlan vlan-id interface
{ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port | ten-gigabitEthernet port } { none |
arp-detection | ip-verify-source | both } [ forced-source {arp-scanning |
dhcp-snooping} ]
no ip source binding unit unit-id index idx
Parameter
hostname ——The Host Name, which contains 20 characters at most.
ip-addr —— The IP address of the Host.
mac-addr —— The MAC address of the Host.
vlan-id ——The VLAN ID needed to be bound, ranging from 1 to 4094.
port —— The number of port connected to the Host.
none | arp-detection | ip-verify-source | both ——The protect type for the entry.
“arp-detection” indicates ARP detection; “ip-verify-source” indicates IP source
filter; “none” indicates applying none; “both” indicates applying both.
forced-source —— The source of the binding entry can be specified as
“arp-scanning” or “dhcp-snooping”. It is multi-optional.
unit-id —— Specify the unit in the stack which the binding table belongs to.
86
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
idx —— The entry number needed to be deleted. You can use the show ip
source binding command to get the idx. Pay attention that the entry number is
the actual number in the binding table which is not display in an arranged order.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Bind an ACL entry with the IP 192.168.0.1, MAC 00:00:00:00:00:01, VLAN ID 2
and the Port number 5 manually. And then enable the entry for the ARP
detection and IP filter function:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip
source
binding
host1
192.168.0.1
00:00:00:00:00:01 vlan 2 interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/5 both
Delete the IP-MAC–VID-PORT entry with the index 5:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#no ip source binding unit 1 index 5
ip dhcp snooping
Description
The ip dhcp snooping command is used to enable DHCP Snooping function
globally. To disable DHCP Snooping function globally, please use no ip dhcp
snooping command. DHCP Snooping functions to monitor the process of the
Host obtaining the IP address from DHCP server, and record the IP address,
MAC address, VLAN and the connected Port number of the Host for automatic
binding. The switch can also propagate the control information and the network
parameters via the Option 82 field to provide more information for the Host.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping
no ip dhcp snooping
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the DHCP Snooping function globally:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip dhcp snooping
87
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
ip dhcp snooping global
Description
The ip dhcp snooping global command is configure DHCP Snooping globally.
To restore to the default value, please use no dhcp snooping global
command.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping global { global-rate global-rate | dec-threshold
dec-threshold | dec-rate dec-rate }
no ip dhcp snooping global { dec-threshhold | global-rate }
Parameter
global-rate —— The value to specify the maximum amount of DHCP messages
that can be forwarded by the switch per second. The excessive messages will
be discarded. The options are 10/20/30/40/50 (packet/second).By default, it is 0
standing for “disable”.
dec-threshold ——The value to specify the minimum transmission rate of the
Decline packets to trigger the Decline protection for the specific port. The
options are 5/10/15/20/25/30 (packet/second).By default, it is 0 standing for
“disable”.
dec-rate ——The value to specify the Decline Flow Control. The traffic flow of
the corresponding port will be limited to be this value if the transmission rate of
the Decline packets exceeds the Decline Threshold. The options are
5/10/15/20/25/30 (packet/second). By default, it is 5.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the Global Flow Control as 30pps for DHCP Snooping:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip dhcp snooping global global-rate 30
88
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
ip dhcp snooping information option
Description
The ip dhcp snooping information option command is used to enable the
Option 82 function of DHCP Snooping. To disable the Option 82 function, please
use no ip dhcp snooping information option command.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping information option
no ip dhcp snooping information option
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the Option 82 function of DHCP Snooping:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip dhcp snooping information option
ip dhcp snooping information strategy
Description
The ip dhcp snooping information strategy command is used to select the
operation for the Option 82 field of the DHCP request packets from the Host. To
restore to the default option, please use no ip dhcp snooping information
strategy command.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping information strategy strategy
no ip dhcp snooping information strategy
Parameter
strategy —— The operations for Option 82 field of the DHCP request packets
from the Host, including three types:
keep: Indicates to keep the Option 82 field of the packets. It is the default option;
replace: Indicates to replace the Option 82 field of the packets with the switch
defined one;
drop: Indicates to discard the packets including the Option 82 field
89
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Replace the Option 82 field of the packets with the switch defined one and then
send out:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip dhcp snooping information strategy replace
ip dhcp snooping information user-defined
Description
The ip dhcp snooping information user-defined command is used to enable
the customized Option 82. To return to the default Option 82, please use no ip
dhcp snooping information user-defined command.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping information user-defined
no ip dhcp snooping information user-defined
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the customized Option 82 function:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip dhcp snooping information user-defined
ip dhcp snooping information remote-id
Description
The ip dhcp snooping information remote-id command is used to configure
the customized sub-option Remote ID for the Option 82. To return to default
Remote ID for the Option 82, please use no ip dhcp snooping information
remote-id command.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping information remote-id string
no ip dhcp snooping information remote-id
90
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
string —— Enter the sub-option Remote ID, which contains 63 characters at
most.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the customized sub-option Remote ID for the Option 82 as tplink:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip dhcp snooping information remote-id tplink
ip dhcp snooping information circuit-id
Description
The ip dhcp snooping information circuit-id command is used to enable and
configure the customized sub-option Circuit ID for the Option 82. To return to the
default Circuit ID for the Option 82, please use no ip dhcp snooping
information circuit-id command.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping information circuit-id string
no ip dhcp snooping information circuit-id
Parameter
string —— Enter the sub-option Circuit ID, which contains 63 characters at
most.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable and configure the customized sub-option Circuit ID for the Option 82 as
“tplink”:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip dhcp snooping information circuit-id tplink
91
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
ip dhcp snooping trust
Description
The ip dhcp snooping trust command is used to configure a port to be a
Trusted Port. Only the Trusted Port can receive the DHCP packets from DHCP
servers. To turn the port back to a distrusted port, please use no ip dhcp
snooping trust command.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping trust
no ip dhcp snooping trust
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/2 to be a Trusted Port:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#ip dhcp snooping trust
ip dhcp snooping mac-verify
Description
The ip dhcp snooping mac-verify command is used to enable the MAC Verify
feature. To disable the MAC Verify feature, please use no ip dhcp snooping
mac-verify command. There are two fields of the DHCP packet containing the
MAC address of the Host. The MAC Verify feature is to compare the two fields
and discard the packet if the two fields are different.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping mac-verify
no ip dhcp snooping mac-verify
92
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the MAC Verify feature for the Gigabit Ethernet port 10/2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#ip dhcp snooping mac-verify
ip dhcp snooping limit rate
Description
The ip dhcp snooping limit rate command is used to enable the Flow Control
feature for the DHCP packets. The excessive DHCP packets will be discarded.
To restore to the default configuration, please use no ip dhcp snooping limit
rate command.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping limit rate value
no ip dhcp snooping limit rate
Parameter
value —— The value of Flow Control. The options are 5/10/15/20/25/30
(packet/second). The default value is 0, which stands for “disable”.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Set the Flow Control of GigabitEthernet port 2 as 20 pps:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#ip dhcp snooping limit rate 20
93
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
ip dhcp snooping decline
Description
The ip dhcp snooping decline command is used to enable the Decline Protect
feature. To disable the Decline Protect feature, please use no ip dhcp
snooping decline command.
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping decline
no ip dhcp snooping decline
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the Decline Protect feature of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#ip dhcp snooping decline
show ip source binding
Description
The show ip source binding command is used to display the IP-MAC-VIDPORT binding table.
Syntax
show ip source binding [ unit unit-id ]
Parameter
unit-id —— Specify the unit in the stack which the binding table belongs to.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the IP-MAC-VID-PORT binding table:
94
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show ip source binding
show ip dhcp snooping
Description
The show ip dhcp snooping command is used to display the running status of
DHCP Snooping.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the running status of DHCP Snooping:
T2700G-28TQ#show ip dhcp snooping
show ip dhcp snooping interface
Description
The show ip dhcp snooping interface command is used to display the DHCP
Snooping configuration of a desired Fast/Gigabit Ethernet ports or of all
Ethernet ports.
Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameters
port ——The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet/Ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the DHCP Snooping configuration of all Ethernet ports:
T2700G-28TQ#show ip dhcp snooping interface
95
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Display the DHCP Snooping configuration of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/5:
T2700G-28TQ#show ip dhcp snooping interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/5
96
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 14 ARP Inspection Commands
ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) Detect function is to protect the switch from the ARP cheating,
such as the Network Gateway Spoofing and Man-In-The-Middle Attack, etc.
ip arp inspection(global)
Description
The ip arp inspection command is used to enable the ARP Detection function
globally. To disable the ARP Detection function, please use no ip arp detection
command.
Syntax
ip arp inspection
no ip arp inspection
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the ARP Detection function globally:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip arp inspection
ip arp inspection trust
Description
The ip arp inspection trust command is used to configure the port for which
the ARP Detect function is unnecessary as the Trusted Port. To clear the
Trusted Port list, please use no ip arp detection trust command .The specific
ports, such as up-linked port, routing port and LAG port, should be set as
Trusted Port. To ensure the normal communication of the switch, please
configure the ARP Trusted Port before enabling the ARP Detect function.
Syntax
ip arp inspection trust
no ip arp inspection trust
97
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the Gigabit Ethernet ports 1/0/2-5 as the Trusted Port:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface range gigabitEthernet 1/0/2-5
T2700G-28TQ(config-if-range)#ip arp inspection trust
ip arp inspection(interface)
Description
The ip arp inspection command is used to enable the ARP Defend function. To
disable the ARP detection function, please use no ip arp inspection command.
ARP Attack flood produces lots of ARP Packets, which will occupy the
bandwidth and slow the network speed extremely. With the ARP Defend
enabled, the switch can terminate receiving the ARP packets for 300 seconds
when the transmission speed of the legal ARP packet on the port exceeds the
defined value so as to avoid ARP Attack flood.
Syntax
ip arp inspection
no ip arp inspection
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the arp defend function for the Gigabit Ethernet ports 1/0/2-6:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface range gigabitEthernet 1/0/2-6
T2700G-28TQ(config-if-range)#ip arp inspection
98
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
ip arp inspection limit-rate
Description
The ip arp inspection limit-rate command is used to configure the ARP speed
of a specified port. To restore to the default speed, please use no ip arp
inspection limit-rate command.
Syntax
ip arp inspection limit-rate value
no ip arp inspection limit-rate
Parameter
value ——The value to specify the maximum amount of the received ARP
packets per second, ranging from 10 to 100 in pps(packet/second). By default,
the value is 15.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the maximum amount of the received ARP packets per second as 50
pps for Gigabit Ethernet port 5:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/5
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#ip arp inspection limit-rate 50
ip arp inspection recover
Description
The ip arp inspection recover command is used to restore a port to the ARP
transmit status from the ARP filter status.
Syntax
ip arp inspection recover
99
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Restore Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/5 to the ARP transmit status:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/5
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#ip arp inspection recover
show ip arp inspection
Description
The show ip arp inspection command is used to display the ARP detection
global configuration including the enable/disable status and the Trusted Port list.
Syntax
show ip arp inspection
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the ARP detection configuration globally:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show ip arp inspection
show ip arp inspection interface
Description
The show ip arp inspection interface command is used to display the
interface configuration of ARP detection.
Syntax
show ip arp inspection interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port ]
100
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
port ——The Fast/Gigabit/Ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of Gigabit Ethernet port 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show ip arp inspection interface gigabitEthernet
1/0/1
Display the configuration of all Ethernet ports:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show ip arp inspection interface
show ip arp inspection statistics
Description
The show ip arp inspection statistics command is used to display the number
of the illegal ARP packets received.
Syntax
show ip arp inspection statistics
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the number of the illegal ARP packets received:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show ip arp inspection statistics
clear ip arp inspection statistics
Description
The clear ip arp inspection statistics command is used to clear the statistic of
the illegal ARP packets received.
Syntax
clear ip arp inspection statistics
101
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Clear the statistic of the illegal ARP packets received:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#clear ip arp inspection statistics
102
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 15 IP Verify Source Commands
IP Verify Source is to filter the IP packets based on the IP-MAC Binding entries. Only the packets
matched to the IP-MAC Binding rules can be processed, which can enhance the bandwidth utility.
ip verify source
Description
The ip verify source command is used to configure the IP Verify Source mode
for a specified port. To disable the IP Verify Source function, please use no ip
verify source command.
Syntax
ip verify source {sip | sip+mac}
no ip verify source
Parameter
sip | sip+mac—— Security type. “sip” indicates that only the packets with its
source IP address and port number matched to the IP-MAC binding rules can be
processed. “sip+mac” indicates that only the packets with its source IP address,
source MAC address and port number matched to the IP-MAC binding rules can
be processed.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the IP Verify Source function for Gigabit Ethernet ports 5-10. Configure
that only the packets with its source IP address, source MAC address and port
number matched to the IP-MAC binding rules can be processed:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface range gigabitEthernet 1/0/5-10
T2700G-28TQ(config-if-range)#ip verify source sip+mac
103
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show ip verify source
Description
The show ip verify source command is used to display the IP Verify Source
configuration information.
Syntax
show ip verify source
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the IP Verify Source configuration information:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show ip verify source
104
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 16 DoS Defend Command
DoS (Denial of Service) Attack is to occupy the network bandwidth maliciously by the network
attackers or the evil programs sending a lot of service requests to the Host. With the DoS Defend
enabled, the switch can analyze the specific field of the received packets and provide the defend
measures to ensure the normal working of the local network.
ip dos-prevent
Description
The ip dos-prevent command is used to enable the DoS defend function
globally. To disable the DoS defend function, please use no ip dos-prevent
command.
Syntax
ip dos-prevent
no ip dos-prevent
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the DoS defend function globally:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip dos-prevent
ip dos-prevent type
Description
The ip dos-prevent type command is used to select the DoS Defend Type. To
disable the corresponding Defend Type, please use no ip dos-prevent type
command.
Syntax
ip dos-prevent type { land | scan-synfin | xma-scan | null-scan | port-less-1024
| blat | ping-flood | syn-flood }
no ip dos-prevent type { land | scan-synfin | xma-scan | null-scan |
port-less-1024 | blat | ping-flood | syn-flood }
105
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
land —— Land attack.
scan-synfin —— Scan SYNFIN attack.
xma-scan —— Xma Scan attack.
null-scan —— NULL Scan attack.
port-less-1024 ——The SYN packets whose Source Port less than 1024.
blat —— Blat attack.
ping-flood —— Ping flooding attack. With the ping flood attack enabled, the
switch will limit automatically the forwarding speed of ping packets to 512K
when attacked by ping flood.
syn-flood —— SYN/SYN-ACK flooding attack. With the syn-flood attack enabled,
the switch will limit automatically the forwarding speed of ping packets to 512K
when attacked by syn-flood.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the DoS Defend Type named Land attack:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip dos-prevent type land
show ip dos-prevent
Description
The show ip dos-prevent command is used to display the DoS information of
the detected DoS attack, including enable/disable status, the DoS Defend Type,
the count of the attack, etc.
Syntax
show ip dos-prevent
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the DoS information of the detected DoS attack globally:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show ip dos-prevent
106
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 17 IEEE 802.1X Commands
IEEE 802.1X function is to provide an access control for LAN ports via the authentication. Only the
supplicant passing the authentication can access the LAN.
dot1x system-auth-control
Description
The dot1x system-auth-control command is used to enable the IEEE 802.1X
function globally. To disable the IEEE 802.1X function, please use no dot1x
system-auth-control command.
Syntax
dot1x system-auth-control
no dot1x system-auth-control
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the IEEE 802.1X function:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#dot1x system-auth-control
dot1x auth-method
Description
The dot1x auth-method command is used to configure the Authentication
Method of IEEE 802.1X and the default 802.1x authentication method is
“eap-md5”. To restore to the default 802.1x authentication method, please use
no dot1x auth-method command.
Syntax
dot1x auth-method { pap | eap-md5 }
no dot1x auth-method
Parameter
pap | eap-md5 ——Authentication Methods.
107
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
pap: IEEE 802.1X authentication system uses extensible authentication protocol
(EAP) to exchange information between the switch and the client. The
transmission of EAP packets is terminated at the switch and the EAP packets
are converted to the other protocol (such as RADIUS) packets for transmission
eap-md5: IEEE 802.1X authentication system uses extensible authentication
protocol (EAP) to exchange information between the switch and the client. The
EAP protocol packets with authentication data can be encapsulated in the
advanced protocol (such as RADIUS) packets to be transmitted to the
authentication server.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the Authentication Method of IEEE 802.1X as “pap”:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#dot1x auth-method pap
dot1x guest-vlan(global)
Description
The dot1x guest-vlan command is used to enable the Guest VLAN function
globally. To disable the Guest VLAN function, please use no dot1x guest-vlan
command.
Syntax
dot1x guest-vlan vid
no dot1x guest-vlan
Parameter
vid —— The VLAN ID needed to enable the Guest VLAN function, ranging from
2 to 4094. The supplicants in the Guest VLAN can access the specified network
source.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the Guest VLAN function for VLAN 5:
108
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)#dot1x guest-vlan 5
dot1x quiet-period
Description
The dot1x quiet-period command is used to enable the quiet-period function.
To disable the function, please use no dot1x quiet-period command.
Syntax
dot1x quiet-period [ time ]
no dot1x quiet-period
Parameter
time —— The length of the quiet-period time. If one user’s authentication fails,
its subsequent IEEE 802.1x authentication requests will not be processed
during the quiet-period time. It ranges from 1 to 999 seconds and the default
value is 10 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the quiet-period function:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#dot1x quiet-period
Enable the quiet-period function and set the quiet-period as 5 seconds:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#dot1x quiet-period 5
dot1x timeout
Description
The dot1x timeout command is used to configure the server timeout and the
supplicant timeout. To restore to the default, please use no dot1x timeout
command.
Syntax
dot1x timeout { server-timeout time | supplicant-timeout time }
no dot1x timeout { server-timeout | supplicant-timeout }
109
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
server-timeout time ——The maximum time for the switch to wait for the
response before resending a request to the server, ranging from 1 to 9 in
second. By default, it is 3 seconds.
supplicant-timeout time ——The maximum time for the switch to wait for the
response from supplicant before resending a request to the supplicant., ranging
from 1 to 9 in second. By default, it is 3 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the server’s timeout value as 5 seconds:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#dot1x timeout server-timeout 5
dot1x max-reauth-req
Description
The dot1x max-reauth-req command is used to configure the maximum
transfer times of the repeated authentication request when the server cannot be
connected. To restore to the default value, please use no dot1x
max-reauth-req command.
Syntax
dot1x max-reauth-req times
no dot1x max-reauth-req
Parameter
times —— The maximum transfer times of the repeated authentication request,
ranging from 1 to 9 in times. By default, the value is 3.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the maximum transfer times of the repeated authentication request as
5:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#dot1x max-reauth-req 5
110
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
dot1x
Description
The dot1x command is used to enable the IEEE 802.1X function for a specified
port. To disable the IEEE 802.1X function for a specified port, please use no
dot1x command.
Syntax
dot1x
no dot1x
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the IEEE 802.1X function for the Gigabit Ethernet port 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#dot1x
dot1x guest-vlan(interface)
Description
The dot1x guest-vlan command is used to enable the guest VLAN function for
a specified port. To disable the Guest VLAN function for a specified port, please
use no dot1x guest-vlan command. Please ensure that the Control Type of the
corresponding port is port-based before enabling the guest VLAN function for it.
Syntax
dot1x guest-vlan
no dot1x guest-vlan
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
111
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Enable the Guest VLAN function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#dot1x guest-vlan
dot1x port-control
Description
The dot1x port-control command is used to configure the Control Mode of
IEEE 802.1X for the specified port. By default, the control mode is “auto”. To
restore to the default configuration, please use no dot1x port-control
command.
Syntax
dot1x port-control {auto | authorized-force | unauthorized-force}
no dot1x port-control
Parameter
auto | authorized-force | unauthorized-force —— The Control Mode for the port.
auto: In this mode, the port will normally work only after passing the 802.1X
Authentication.
authorized-force: In this mode, the port can work normally without passing the
802.1X Authentication.
unauthorized-force: In this mode, the port is forbidden working for its fixed
unauthorized status.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the Control Mode for Gigabit Ethernet port 20 as “authorized-force”:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/20
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#dot1x port-control authorized-force
112
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
dot1x port-method
Description
The dot1x port-method command is used to configure the control type of IEEE
802.1X for the specified port. By default, the control type is “mac-based”. To
restore to the default configuration, please use no dot1x port-method
command.
Syntax
dot1x port-method { mac-based | port-based }
no dot1x port-method
Parameter
mac-based | port-based ——The control type for the port.
mac-based: Any client connected to the port should pass the 802.1X
authentication for access.
port-based: All the clients connected to the port can access the network on the
condition that any one of the clients has passed the 802.1X Authentication.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the Control Type for Gigabit Ethernet port 20 as “port-based”:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/20
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#dot1x port-method port-based
radius
Description
The radius command is used to configure the parameters of radius.
113
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
radius { [auth-pri ip] [auth-sec ip] [auth-port port] [acct-pri ip] [acct-sec ip]
[acct-port port] [auth-key { [ 0 ] password | 7 encrypted-password } ] [acct-key
{ [ 0 ] password | 7 encrypted-password] } }
no radius { auth-port | auth-key | auth-pri | auth-sec | acct-port | acct-key |
acct-pri | acct-sec }
Parameter
auth-pri ip —— The IP address of the authentication server.
auth-sec ip —— The IP address of the alternative authentication server.
auth-port port ——The UDP port of authentication server(s) ranging from 1 to
65535. The default value is 1812.
acct-pri ip —— The IP address of the accounting server.
acct-sec ip —— The IP address of the alternative accounting server.
acct-port port —— The UDP port of accounting server(s) ranging from 1 to
65535. The default value is 1813.
auth-key { [ 0 ] password | 7 encrypted-password } —— 0 and 7 are the
encryption type. 0 indicates that an unencrypted password will follow. 7
indicates that a symmetric encrypted password with a fixed length will follow. By
default, the encryption type is 0. “password“ is the shared password for the
switch and the authentication servers to exchange messages which contains 31
characters at most. The question marks and spaces are not allowed.
“encrypted-password” is a symmetric encrypted password with a fixed length,
which you can copy from another switch’s configuration file. The password or
encrypted-password you configured here will be displayed in the encrypted
form.
acct-key { [ 0 ] password | 7 encrypted-password } —— 0 and 7 are the
encryption type. 0 indicates that an unencrypted password will follow. 7
indicates that a symmetric encrypted password with a fixed length will follow. By
default, the encryption type is 0. “password“ is the shared password for the
switch and the authentication servers to exchange messages which contains 31
characters at most. The question marks and spaces are not allowed.
“encrypted-password” is a symmetric encrypted password with a fixed length,
which you can copy from another switch’s configuration file. The password or
encrypted-password you configured here will be displayed in the encrypted
form.
114
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the IP address of the accounting server as 10.20.1.100 and password
as tplink:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#radius auth-pri 10.20.1.100 auth-key tplink
radius server-account
Description
The radius server-account command is used to enable the accounting feature.
To disable the accounting feature, please use no radius server-account
command.
Syntax
radius server-account
no radius server-account
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the accounting feature:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#radius server-account
show dot1x global
Description
The show dot1x global command is used to display the global configuration of
801.X.
Syntax
show dot1x global
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
115
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Display the configuration of 801.X globally:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show dot1x global
show dot1x interface
Description
The show dot1x interface command is used to display all ports or the specified
port’s configuration information of 801.X.
Syntax
show dot1x interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit/Ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number. Display the
configuration of all the ports by default.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration information of 801.X for Gigabit Ethernet port 20:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show dot1x interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/20
Display the configuration information of 801.X for all Ethernet ports:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show dot1x interface
show radius accounting
Description
The show radius accounting command is used to display the configuration of
the accounting server.
Syntax
show radius accounting
116
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Modes
Example
Display the configuration of the accounting server:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show radius accounting
show radius authentication
Description
The show radius authentication command is used to display the configuration
of the RADIUS authentication server.
Syntax
show radius authentication
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of the RADIUS authentication server:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show radius authentication
117
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 18 System Log Commands
The log information will record the settings and operation of the switch respectively for you to
monitor operation status and diagnose malfunction.
logging buffer
Description
The logging buffer command is used to store the system log messages to an
internal buffer. To disable the log buffer function, please use the no logging
buffer command. Local Log is the system log information saved in the switch. It
has two output channels, that is, it can be saved to two different positions, log
buffer and log flash memory. The log buffer indicates the RAM for saving system
log and the information in the log buffer can be got by show logging buffer
command. It will be lost when the switch is restarted.
Syntax
logging buffer
no logging buffer
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the system log buffer:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#logging buffer
logging buffer level
Description
The logging buffer level command is used to configure the severity level and
the status of the configuration input to the log buffer. To return to the default
configuration, please use no logging buffer level command.
Syntax
logging buffer level level
no logging buffer level
118
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
level —— Severity level of the log information output to each channel. There
are 8 severity levels marked with values 0-7. The smaller value has the higher
priority. Only the log with the same or smaller severity level value will be output.
By default, it is 7 indicating that all the log information will be saved in the log
buffer.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Set the severity level as 6:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#logging buffer level 6
logging file flash
Description
The logging file flash command is used to store the log messages in a file in
the flash on the switch. To disable the log file flash function, please use no
logging file flash command. The log file flash indicates the flash sector for
saving system log. The information in the log file of the flash will not be lost after
the switch is restarted and can be got by the show logging flash command.
Syntax
logging file flash
no logging file flash
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the log file flash function:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#logging file flash
119
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
logging file flash frequency
Description
The logging file flash frequency command is used to specify the frequency to
synchronize the system log file in the log buffer to the flash. To resume the
default synchronizing frequency, please use the no logging file flash
frequency command.
Syntax
logging file flash frequency { periodic periodic | immediate }
no logging file flash frequency
Parameter
periodic —— The frequency to synchronize the system log file in the log buffer
to the flash, ranging from 1 to 48 hours. By default, the synchronization process
takes place every 24 hours.
immediate —— The system log file in the buffer will be synchronized to the
flash immediately. This option will reduce the life of the flash and is not
recommended.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the log file synchronization frequency as 10 hours:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#logging file flash frequency 10
logging file flash level
Description
The logging file flash level command is used to specify the system log
message severity level. Messages will a severity level equal to or higher than
this value will be stored to the flash. To restore to the default level, please use
no logging file flash level command.
Syntax
logging file flash level level
no logging file flash level
120
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
level —— Severity level of the log message. There are 8 severity levels marked
with values 0-7. The smaller value has the higher priority. Only the log with the
same or smaller severity level value will be saved to the flash. By default, it is 2
indicating that the log message marked with 0-2 will be saved in the log flash.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Save the log messages with their severities equal or higher than 7 to the flash :
T2700G-28TQ(config)#logging file flash level 7
logging host index
Description
The logging host index command is used to configure the syslog server hosts
to receive logging messages. To clear the configuration of the specified Log
Host, please use no logging host index command. Log Host is to receive the
system log from other devices. You can remotely monitor the settings and
operation status of other devices through the log host.
Syntax
logging host index idx host-ip level
no logging host index idx
Parameter
idx ——The index of the log host. The switch supports 4 log hosts.
host-ip —— The IP for the log host.
level ——The severity level of the log information sent to each log host. There
are 8 severity levels marked with values 0-7. The smaller value has the higher
priority. Only the log with the same or smaller severity level value will be sent to
the corresponding log host. By default, it is 6 indicating that the log information
marked with 0-6 will be sent to the log host.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
121
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Set the log host’s index as 2, IP address as 192.168.0.148 and the severity level
as 5:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#logging host index 2 192.168.0.148 5
copy logging flash tftp
Description
The copy logging flash tftp command is used save the log file in the flash to
the TFTP server.
Syntax
copy logging flash tftp ip-address ip-address filename file-name [ unit-id ]
Parameter
ip-address —— The address of the TFTP server to receive the log file.
file-name —— The name of the file to save the syslog.
unit-id —— Specify the unit ID of the switch in the stack. By default, the syslog
of all the units in the stack will be saved.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Save the unit 1’s system log file to the TFTP server 192.168.0.148 with the
name log.txt:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# copy logging flash tftp ip-address 192.168.0.148
filename log.txt 1
clear logging
Description
The clear logging command is used to clear the syslog in the log buffer and log
flash in the specified unit or the whole stack.
Syntax
clear logging [ buffer | flash ] [ unit unit-id]
122
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
buffer | flash —— The output channels: buffer and flash. Clear the information of
the two channels, by default.
unit-id —— The unit in which the syslog will be cleared. If not specified, all the
syslog in the stack will be cleared.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Clear the syslog in the log buffer of all the switches in the stack::
T2700G-28TQ(config)#clear logging buffer
show logging local-config
Description
The show logging local-config command is used to display the configuration
of the Local Log including the log buffer and the log file, the synchronization
frequency etc.
Syntax
show logging local-config
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of the Local Log:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show logging local-config
show logging loghost
Description
The show logging loghost command is used to display the configuration of the
log host.
Syntax
show logging loghost [index]
123
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
index ——The index of the log host whose configuration will be displayed.
Display the configuration of all the log hosts by default.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of the log host 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show logging loghost 2
show logging buffer
Description
The show logging buffer command is used to display the log information in the
log buffer according to the severity level in the specified unit or the whole stack.
Syntax
show logging buffer [ level level ] [ unit unit-id]
Parameter
level —— Severity level. There are 8 severity levels marked with values 0-7.
The information of levels with priority not lower than the select level will display.
Display all the log information in the log buffer by default.
unit —— Specify the unit whose log information in the log buffer will be
displayed. The log information in the log buffers of the whole stack will be
displayed by default.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the log information from level 0 to level 5 in the log buffer of unit 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show logging buffer level 5 unit 2
124
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show logging flash
Description
The show logging flash command is used to display the log information in the
log file according to the severity level in the specified unit or the whole stack.
Syntax
show logging flash [ level level ] [ unit unit-id]
Parameter
level —— Severity level. There are 8 severity levels marked with values 0-7.
The information of levels with priority not lower than the select level will display.
Display all the log information in the log file by default.
unit —— Specify the unit whose log information in the log file will be displayed.
The log information in the log files of the whole stack will be displayed by
default.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the log information with the level marked 0-3 in the log file of unit 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show logging flash level 3 unit 2
125
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 19 SSH Commands
SSH (Security Shell) can provide the unsecured remote management with security and powerful
authentication to ensure the security of the management information.
ip ssh server
Description
The ip ssh server command is used to enable SSH function. To disable the
SSH function, please use no ip ssh server command.
Syntax
ip ssh server
no ip ssh server
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the SSH function:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip ssh server
ip ssh version
Description
The ip ssh version command is used to enable the SSH protocol version. To
disable the protocol version, please use no ip ssh version command.
Syntax
ip ssh version { v1 | v2 }
no ip ssh version { v1 | v2 }
Parameter
v1 | v2 —— The SSH protocol version to be enabled. They represent SSH v1
and SSH v2 respectively.
126
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable SSH v2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip ssh version v2
ip ssh timeout
Description
The ip ssh timeout command is used to specify the idle-timeout time of SSH.
To restore to the factory defaults, please use no ip ssh timeout command.
Syntax
ip ssh timeout value
no ip ssh timeout
Parameter
value —— The Idle-timeout time. During this period, the system will
automatically release the connection if there is no operation from the client. It
ranges from 1 to 120 in seconds. By default, this value is 120 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the idle-timeout time of SSH as 100 seconds:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip ssh timeout 100
ip ssh max-client
Description
The ip ssh max-client command is used to specify the maximum number of the
connections to the SSH server. To return to the default configuration, please use
no ip ssh max-client command.
Syntax
ip ssh max-client num
127
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
no ip ssh max-client
Parameter
num —— The maximum number of the connections to the SSH server. It ranges
from 1 to 5. By default, this value is 5.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the maximum number of the connections to the SSH server as 3:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip ssh max-client 3
ip ssh download
Description
The ip ssh download command is used to download the SSH key file from
TFTP server.
Syntax
ip ssh download { v1 | v2 } key-file ip-address ip-addr
Parameter
v1 | v2 —— Select the type of SSH key to download, v1 represents SSH-1, v2
represents SSH-2.
key-file —— The name of the key-file which is selected to download. The length
of the name ranges from 1 to 25 characters. The key length of the downloaded
file must be in the range of 256 to 3072 bits.
ip-addr —— The IP address of the TFTP server.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Download a SSH-1 type key file named ssh-key from TFTP server with the IP
address 192.168.0.148:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip
ssh
192.168.0.148
128
download
v1
ssh-key
ip-address
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
remove public-key
Description
The remove public-key command is used to remove the SSH public key from
the switch.
Syntax
remove public-key { v1 | v2 }
Parameter
v1 | v2 —— Select the type of SSH public key, v1 represents SSH-1, v2
represents SSH-2.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Remove the SSH-1 type public key from the switch:
T2700G-28TQ# remove public-key v1
show ip ssh
Description
The show ip ssh command is used to display the global configuration of SSH
and the SSH public key.
Syntax
show ip ssh
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global configuration of SSH and the SSH public key:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show ip ssh
129
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 20 SSL Commands
SSL (Secure Sockets Layer), a security protocol, is to provide a secure connection for the
application layer protocol(e.g. HTTP) based on TCP. Adopting asymmetrical encryption technology,
SSL uses key pair to encrypt/decrypt information. A key pair refers to a public key (contained in the
certificate) and its corresponding private key. By default the switch has a certificate (self-signed
certificate) and a corresponding private key. The Certificate/Key Download function enables the
user to replace the default key pair.
ip http secure-server
Description
The ip http secure-server command is used to enable the SSL function
globally on the switch. To disable the SSL function, please use no ip http
secure-server command. Only the SSL function is enabled, a secure HTTPS
connection can be established.
Syntax
ip http secure-server
no ip http secure-server
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the SSL function:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip http secure-server
ip http secure-server download certificate
Description
The ip http secure-server download certificate command is used to
download a certificate to the switch from TFTP server.
Syntax
ip http secure-server download certificate ssl-cert ip-address ip-addr
130
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
ssl-cert —— The name of the SSL certificate which is selected to download to
the switch. The length of the name ranges from 1 to 25 characters. The
certificate must be BASE64 encoded.
ip-addr —— The IP address of the TFTP server.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Download a SSL certificate named ssl-cert from TFTP server with the IP
address of 192.168.0.146:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip http secure-server download certificate ssl-cert
ip-address 192.168.0.146
ip http secure-server download key
Description
The ip http secure-server download key command is used to download a
SSL key to the switch from TFTP server.
Syntax
ip http secure-server download key ssl-key ip-address ip-addr
Parameter
ssl-key —— The name of the SSL key which is selected to download to the
switch. The length of the name ranges from 1 to 25 characters. The key must be
BASE64 encoded.
ip-addr —— The IP address of the TFTP server.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Download a SSL key named ssl-key from TFTP server with the IP address of
192.168.0.146:
131
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip
http
secure-server
download
key
ssl-key
ip-address 192.168.0.146
show ip http secure-server
Description
The show ip http secure-server command is used to display the global
configuration of SSL.
Syntax
show ip http secure-server
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global configuration of SSL:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show ip http secure-server
132
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 21 MAC Address Commands
MAC Address configuration can improve the network security by configuring the Port Security and
maintaining the address information by managing the Address Table.
mac address-table static
Description
The mac address-table static command is used to add the static MAC address
entry. To remove the corresponding entry, please use no mac address-table
static command. The static address can be added or removed manually,
independent of the aging time. In the stable networks, the static MAC address
entries can facilitate the switch to reduce broadcast packets and enhance the
efficiency of packets forwarding remarkably.
Syntax
mac address-table static mac-addr vid vid interface { fastEthernet port |
gigabitEthernet port | ten-gigabitEthernet port }
no mac address-table static { mac-addr | vid vid | mac mac-addr vid vid |
interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port | ten-gigabitEthernet
port } }
Parameter
mac-addr —— The MAC address of the entry you desire to add.
vid —— The VLAN ID number of your desired entry. It ranges from 1 to 4094.
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add a static Mac address entry to bind the MAC address 00:02:58:4f:6c:23,
VLAN1 and Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/1 together:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#mac address-table static 00:02:58:4f:6c:23 vid 1
interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
Delete the static address entry whose VLAN id is 1:
133
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)#no mac address-table static vid 1
Delete the static address entry whose MAC address is 00:02:58:4f:6c:23:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#no mac address-table static 00:02:58:4f:6c:23
mac address-table aging-time
Description
The mac address-table aging-time command is used to configure aging time
for the dynamic address. To return to the default configuration, please use no
mac address-table aging-time command.
Syntax
mac address-table aging-time aging-time
no mac address-table aging-time
Parameter
aging-time —— The aging time for the dynamic address. The value of it can be
0 or ranges from 10 to 630 seconds. When 0 is entered, the Auto Aging function
is disabled. It is 300 seconds by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the aging time as 500 seconds:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#mac address-table aging-time 500
mac address-table filtering
Description
The mac address-table filtering command is used to add the filtering address
entry. To delete the corresponding entry, please use no mac address-table
filtering command. The filtering address function is to forbid the undesired
package to be forwarded. The filtering address can be added or removed
manually, independent of the aging time.
134
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
mac address-table filtering mac-addr vid vid
no mac address-table filtering { [mac-addr] [vid vid] }
Parameter
mac-addr —— The MAC address to be filtered.
vid —— The corresponding VLAN ID of the MAC address. It ranges from 1 to
4094.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add a filtering address entry of which VLAN ID is 1 and MAC address is
00:1e:4b:04:01:5d:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#mac address-table filtering 00:1e:4b:04:01:5d vid 1
mac address-table max-mac-count
Description
The mac address-table max-mac-count command is used to configure the
Port Security. To return to the default configurations, please use no mac
address-table max-mac-count command. Port Security is to protect the switch
from the malicious MAC address attack by limiting the maximum number of the
MAC addresses that can be learned on the port. The port with Port Security
feature enabled will learned the MAC address dynamically. When the learned
MAC address number reaches the maximum, the port will stop learning.
Therefore, the other devices with the MAC address unlearned cannot access to
the network via this port.
Syntax
mac address-table max-mac-count { [max-number num] [mode { dynamic |
static | permanent } ] [ status { disable | enable } ] }
no mac address-table max-mac-count [ max-number | mode | status ]
Parameter
num —— The maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned on the
port. It ranges from 0 to 1024. By default this value is 1024.
135
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
dynamic | static | permanent —— Learn mode for MAC addresses. There are
three modes, including Dynamic mode, Static mode and Permanent mode.
When Dynamic mode is selected, the learned MAC address will be deleted
automatically after the aging time. When Static mode is selected, the learned
MAC address will be out of the influence of the aging time and can only be
deleted manually. The learned entries will be cleared after the switch is rebooted.
When permanent mode is selected, the learned MAC address will be out of the
influence of the aging time and can only be deleted manually too. However, the
learned entries will be saved even the switch is rebooted.
status —— Enable or disable the Port Security function for a specified port. By
default, this function is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable Port Security function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/1, select Static mode
as the learn mode, and specify the maximum number of MAC addresses that
can be learned on this port as 30:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#mac address-table max-mac-count max-number
30 mode static status enable
show mac address-table
Description
The show mac address-table command is used to display the information of all
address entries.
Syntax
show mac address-table [ dynamic | static | filtering ]
Parameter
dynamic | static | filtering —— The type of your desired entry. By default all the
entries are displayed.
136
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of all address entries:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show mac address-table
show mac address-table aging-time
Description
The show mac address-table aging-time command is used to display the
Aging Time of the MAC address.
Syntax
show mac address-table aging-time
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the Aging Time of the MAC address:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show mac address-table aging-time
show mac address-table max-mac-count
Description
The show mac address-table max-mac-count interface command is used to
display the security configuration of an Ethernet port or of all Fast/Gigabit
/ten-Gigabit Ethernet ports.
Syntax
show mac address-table max-mac-count { all | interface { fastEthernet port |
gigabitEthernet port | ten-gigabitEthernet port } }
Parameter
all —— Displays the security information of all the Fast/Gigabit/ten-Gigabit
Ethernet ports.
port —— The Fast/Gigabit/ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number.
137
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the security configuration of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/20:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show mac address-table max-mac-count interface
gigabitEthernet 1/0/20
show mac address-table interface
Description
The show mac address-table interface command is used to display the
address configuration of an Ethernet port.
Syntax
show mac address-table interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port }
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit/ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the address configuration of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show mac address-table interface gigabitEthernet
1/0/1
show mac address-table count
Description
The show mac address-table count command is used to display the total
amount of MAC address table.
Syntax
show mac address-table count [ unit unit-id ] [ vlan vlan-id ]
138
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
unit--id —— Specify the unit-id of the switch in the stack.
vlan-id —— Specify the VLAN which the switch belongs to.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the total amount of MAC address table in all the units of the stack sorted
by VLAN:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show mac address-table count
Display the total amount of MAC address table in unit 2 of the stack sorted by
VLAN:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show mac address-table count unit 2
Display the total amount of MAC address table in VLAN 1 of unit 2 of the stack:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show mac address-table count unit 2 vlan 1
Display the total amount of MAC address table in VLAN 2 of all the units of the
stack:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show mac address-table count vlan 2
show mac address-table address
Description
The show mac address-table address command is used to display the
information of a specified MAC address.
Syntax
show mac address-table address mac-addr [ interface { fastEthernet port |
gigabitEthernet port | ten-gigabitEthernet port } ] [ vid vlan-id ]
Parameter
mac-addr —— The specified MAC address.
port —— The Fast/Gigabit/ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number.
vlan-id —— Specify the VLAN which the entry belongs to.
139
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of the MAC address 00:00:00:23:00:00 in VLAN 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show mac address-table address 00:00:00:23:00:00
vid 1
Display the information of the MAC address 00:00:00:23:00:00:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show mac address-table address 00:00:00:23:00:00
Display the information of the MAC address 00:00:00:23:00:00 on port 1/0/20:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show mac address-table address 00:00:00:23:00:00
interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/20
show mac address-table vlan
Description
The show mac address-table vlan command is used to display the MAC
address configuration of the specified vlan.
Syntax
show mac address-table vlan vid
Parameter
vid —— The specified VLAN id.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the MAC address configuration of vlan 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show mac address-table vlan 1
140
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 22 System Configuration Commands
System Configuration Commands can be used to configure the system information and system IP
of the switch, and to reboot and reset the switch, upgrade the switch system and commands used
for device diagnose, including loopback test and cable test.
system-time manual
Description
The system-time manual command is used to configure the system time
manually.
Syntax
system-time manual time
Parameter
time —— Set the date and time manually, in the format of MM/DD/YYYYHH:MM:SS.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the system time as 02/14/2012-12:30:00:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#system-time manual 02/14/2012-12:30:00
system-time ntp
Description
The system-time ntp command is used to configure the time zone and the IP
address for the NTP Server. The switch will get UTC automatically if it has
connected to an NTP Server.
Syntax
system-time ntp { timezone } { ntp-server } { backup-ntp-server }
{ fetching-rate }
141
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
timezone —— Your local time-zone, and it ranges from UTC-12:00 to
UTC+13:00.
The detailed information that each time-zone means are displayed as follow:
UTC-12:00 —— TimeZone for International Date Line West.
UTC-11:00 —— TimeZone for Coordinated Universal Time-11.
UTC-10:00 —— TimeZone for Hawaii.
UTC-09:00 —— TimeZone for Alaska.
UTC-08:00 —— TimeZone for Pacific Time(US Canada).
UTC-07:00 —— TimeZone for Mountain Time(US Canada).
UTC-06:00 —— TimeZone for Central Time(US Canada).
UTC-05:00 —— TimeZone for Eastern Time(US Canada).
UTC-04:30 —— TimeZone for Caracas.
UTC-04:00 —— TimeZone for Atlantic Time(Canada).
UTC-03:30 —— TimeZone for Newfoundland.
UTC-03:00 —— TimeZone for Buenos Aires, Salvador, Brasilia.
UTC-02:00 —— TimeZone for Mid-Atlantic.
UTC-01:00 —— TimeZone for Azores, Cape Verde Is.
UTC
—— TimeZone for Dublin, Edinburgh, Lisbon, London.
UTC+01:00 —— TimeZone for Amsterdam, Berlin, Bern, Rome, Stockholm,
Vienna.
UTC+02:00 —— TimeZone for Cairo, Athens, Bucharest, Amman, Beirut,
Jerusalem.
UTC+03:00 —— TimeZone for Kuwait, Riyadh, Baghdad.
UTC+03:30 —— TimeZone for Tehran.
UTC+04:00 —— TimeZone for Moscow, St.Petersburg, Volgograd, Tbilisi, Port
Louis.
UTC+04:30 —— TimeZone for Kabul.
UTC+05:00 —— TimeZone for Islamabad, Karachi, Tashkent.
UTC+05:30 —— TimeZone for Chennai, Kolkata, Mumbai, New Delhi.
UTC+05:45 —— TimeZone for Kathmandu.
UTC+06:00 —— TimeZone for Dhaka, Astana, Ekaterinburg.
UTC+06:30 —— TimeZone for Yangon (Rangoon).
UTC+07:00 —— TimeZone for Novosibirsk, Bangkok, Hanoi, Jakarta.
142
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
UTC+08:00—— TimeZone for Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, Urumqi,
Singapore.
UTC+09:00 —— TimeZone for Seoul, Irkutsk, Osaka, Sapporo, Tokyo.
UTC+09:30 —— TimeZone for Darwin, Adelaide.
UTC+10:00 —— TimeZone for Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney, Brisbane.
UTC+11:00 —— TimeZone for Solomon Is., New Caledonia, Vladivostok.
UTC+12:00 —— TimeZone for Fiji, Magadan, Auckland, Wellington.
UTC+13:00 —— TimeZone for Nuku'alofa, Samoa.
ntp-server —— The IP address for the Primary NTP Server.
backup-ntp-server —— The IP address for the Secondary NTP Server.
fetching-rate —— Specify the rate fetching time from NTP server.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the system time mode as NTP, the time zone is UTC-12:00, the
primary NTP server is 133.100.9.2 and the secondary NTP server is
139.78.100.163, the fetching-rate is 11 hours:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#
system-time
ntp
UTC-12:00
133.100.9.2
139.79.100.163 11
system-time dst predefined
Description
The system-time dst predefined command is used to select a predefined DST
configuration and the configuration can be recycled.
Syntax
system-time dst predefined [ USA | Australia | Europe | New-Zealand ]
Parameter
USA | Australia | Europe | New-Zealand —— Predefined DST mode, with four
options: USA, Australia, Europe and New-Zealand. By default, the setting is
“Europe”.
The DST time periods which the four predefined DST mode represents are
displayed as follow:
143
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
USA: Second Sunday in March, 02:00 - First Sunday in November, 02:00.
Australia: First Sunday in October, 02:00 - First Sunday in April, 03:00.
Europe: Last Sunday in March, 01:00 - Last Sunday in October, 01:00.
New Zealand: Last Sunday in September, 02:00 - First Sunday in April, 03:00.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the DST period of the switch as Europe:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#system-time dst predefined Europe
system-time dst date
Description
The system-time dst date command is used to specify the DST configuration
in Date mode. This configuration is one-off in use. By default, the current year is
used as the starting time. DST time periods should be within 12 months over
one/two year.
Syntax
system-time dst date {smonth} {sday} {stime} {syear} {emonth} {eday} {etime}
{eyear}[offset]
Parameter
smonth —— Month to start, with the options: Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul,
Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov, Dec
sday —— Day to start, ranging from 1 to 31. Please mind that the number of
days depends on the month.
stime —— Time to start, in the format of hh:mm.
syear —— Year to start, ranging from 2000 to 2099.
emonth —— Month to end, with the options: Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul,
Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov, Dec
eday —— Day to end, ranging from 1 to 31. Please mind that the number of
days depends on the month.
etime —— Time to end, in the format of hh:mm.
eyear —— Year to end, ranging from 2000 to 2099.
144
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
offset —— Specify the time adding in minutes when Daylight Saving Time
comes. The value ranges from 1 to 1440 and the default value is 60 minutes. It
is optional.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the DST start time as 00:00 am on April 1st of 2013, the end time as
00:00 am on October 1st of 2013 and the offset as 30 minutes:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#system-time dst date Apr 1 00:00 2013 Oct 1 00:00
2013 30
system-time dst recurring
Description
The system-time dst recurring command is used to specify the DST
configuration in recurring mode. This configuration is recurring in use. The time
period is not restricted to be within one year.
Syntax
system-time dst recurring {sweek} {sday} {smonth} {stime} {eweek} {eday}
{emonth} {etime} [offset]
Parameter
sweek —— Week to start, with the options: first, second, third, fourth, last.
sday —— Day to start, with the options: Sun, Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat.
smonth—— Month to start, with options: Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug,
Sep, Oct, Nov, Dec.
stime —— Time to start, in the format of: hh:mm.
eweek —— Week to end, with options: first, second, third, fourth, last.
eday —— Day to end, with options: Sun, Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat.
emonth —— Month to end, with options: Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug,
Sep, Oct, Nov, Dec.
etime —— Time to end, in the format of: hh:mm.
offset —— Specify the time adding in minutes when Daylight Saving Time
comes. The range of value depends and the default value is 60 minutes. It is
optional.
145
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the DST start time of the switch as 2:00 am on the first Sunday in May,
the end time as 2:00 am on the last Sunday in October and the offset as 45
minutes:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#system-time dst recurring first Sun May 02:00 last
Sun Oct 02:00 45
hostname
Description
The hostname command is used to configure the system name. To clear the
system name information, please use no hostname command.
Syntax
hostname hostname
no hostname
Parameter
hostname —— System Name, ranging from 1 to 32 characters. It is the product
name by default. Here it is T2700G-28TQ.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the system name as TPLINK:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#hostname TPLINK
location
Description
The location command is used to configure the system location. To clear the
system location information, please use no location command.
146
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
location location
no location
Parameter
location —— Device Location. It consists of 32 characters at most. It is
SHENZHEN by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the system location as GUANGZHOU:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#location GUANGZHOU
contact-info
Description
The contact-info command is used to configure the system contact information.
To clear the system contact information, please use no contact-info command.
Syntax
contact-info contact_info
no contact-info
Parameter
contact_info —— Contact Information. It consists of 32 characters at most. It is
www.tp-link.com by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the system contact information as www.tp-link.com:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#contact-info www.tp-link.com
147
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
ip address
Description
This ip address command is used to configure the IP address and IP subnet
mask for the specified interface manually. The interface type includes: routed
port, loopback interface and VLAN interface.
Syntax
ip address { ip-addr } { mask }
no ip address
Parameter
ip-addr —— The IP address of the Layer 3 interface.
mask —— The subnet mask of the Layer 3 interface.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Create the VLAN interface 2 with the IP address as 192.168.1.1 and subnet
mask as 255.255.255.0:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0
ip address-alloc
Description
The IP address-alloc dhcp command is used to enable the DHCP Client
function or the BOOTP Protocol. When this function is enabled, the specified
interface will obtain IP from DHCP Server or BOOTP server. To disable the IP
obtaining function on the specified interface, please use the no ip address
command. This command applies to the routed port and the VLAN interface.
Syntax
ip address-alloc { dhcp | bootp }
no ip address
148
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
dhcp —— Specify the Layer 3 interface to obtain IP address from the DHCP
Server.
bootp —— Specify the Layer 3 interface to obtain IP address from the BOOTP
Server.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the DHCP Client function on the Lay 3 routed port 1/0/1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# no switchport
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip address-alloc dhcp
Disable the IP address obtaining function on the VLAN interface 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# no ip address
reset
Description
The reset command is used to reset the switch’s software. After resetting, all
configuration of the switch will restore to the factory defaults and your current
settings will be lost.
Syntax
reset [ unitid ]
Parameter
unitid —— Specify the unit in the stack to reset its software. If not specified, all
members software in the stack will be reset.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Reset the software of all the members in the stack:
T2700G-28TQ#reset
149
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
reboot
Description
The reboot command is used to reboot the switch. To avoid damage, please
don’t turn off the device while rebooting.
Syntax
reboot [ unitid ]
Parameter
unitid —— Specify the unit in the stack to reboot. If not specified, reboot all
members in the stack.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Reboot all members in the stack:
T2700G-28TQ#reboot
copy running-config startup-config
Description
The copy running-config startup-config command is used to save the current
settings as the startup configuration file.
Syntax
copy running-config startup-config [ unit-id ]
Parameter
unit-id —— Specify the unit in the stack whose current settings would be saved
as the startup configuration file. If not specified, current settings of all the
members in the stack will be saved as their startup configuration file.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Save unit 1’s current settings as the startup configuration file:
150
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ#copy running-config startup-config 1
copy running-config backup-config
Description
The copy running-config backup-config command is used to save the current
settings as the backup configuration file.
Syntax
copy running-config backup-config [ unit-id ]
Parameter
unit-id —— Specify the unit in the stack whose current settings would be saved
as the backup configuration file. If not specified, current settings of all the
members in the stack will be saved as their backup configuration file.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Save unit 1’s current settings as the backup configuration file:
T2700G-28TQ#copy running-config backup-config 1
copy running-config user-config
Description
The copy running-config user-config command is used to save the current
settings as the user-defined configuration file.
Syntax
copy running-config user-config [ device ] { configfilename }
Parameter
device —— Specify the unit in the stack whose current settings would be saved
as user-defined configuration file, in the format of unitid:, for example unit1:. If
not specified, current settings of all the members in the stack will be saved as
the user-defined configuration file.
configfilename —— Specify the name of configuration file with the suffix “.cfg”,
ranging from 1 to 63 characters.
151
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Save unit 1’s current settings as my_config.cfg:
T2700G-28TQ#copy running-config user-config unit1:my_config.cfg
copy backup-config startup-config
Description
The backup-config startup-config command is used to save the backup
configuration file as the startup configuration file.
Syntax
copy backup-config startup-config [ unit-id ]
Parameter
unit-id —— Specify the unit in the stack whose backup configuration file would
be saved as the startup configuration file. If not specified, current backup
configuration files all the members in the stack will be saved as their startup
configuration files.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Save all the members’ backup configuration files as their startup configuration
files in the stack:
T2700G-28TQ#copy backup-config startup-config
copy startup-config backup-config
Description
The copy startup-config running-config command is used to save the startup
configuration file as the backup configuration file.
Syntax
copy startup-config backup-config [ unit-id ]
152
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
unit-id —— Specify the unit in the stack whose startup configuration file would
be saved as the backup configuration file. If not specified, current startup
configuration files of all the members in the stack will be saved as their backup
configuration files.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Save all the member’s startup configuration files as the backup configuration
files in the stack:
T2700G-28TQ#copy startup-config backup-config
boot application
Description
The boot application command is used to configure the image file as startup
image or backup image.
Syntax
boot application filename { image1 | image 2 } { startup | backup } [ unitid ]
no boot application
Parameter
image1 | image2 —— Specify the image file to be configured. By default, the
image1.bin is the startup image and the image2.bin is the backup image.
startup | backup —— Specify the property of the image, either startup image or
backup image.
unitid —— Specify the unit in the stack whose image file would be configured. If
not specified, image files of all the members in the stack will be configured.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the image2.bin as the startup image in all the switches in the stack:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# boot application filename image2 startup
153
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
boot config
Description
The boot config command is used to configure the property of the system
configuration file.
Syntax
boot config filename filename { startup | backup | none } [ unitid ]
no boot config
Parameter
filename —— Specify the name of the configuration file to be configured. The
suffix “.cfg” is not included and the length is between 1 and 59 characters. By
default the startup configuration file is config1.cfg and the backup configuration
file is config2.cfg.
startup | backup | none —— Specify the property of configuration file. “startup”
represents the startup configuration file and “backup” represents the backup
configuration file, while “none” means to clear the property of the specified
configuration file.
unitid —— Specify the unit in the stack whose configuration file would be
configured. If not specified, configuration files of all the members in the stack will
be configured.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the config2.cfg as the startup configuration file in all the switches in
the stack:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# boot config filename config2 startup
copy backup-config tftp
Description
The copy backup-config tftp command is used to upload the backup
configuration file to TFTP server.
154
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
copy startup-config tftp ip-address ip-addr filename name [ unit-id ]
Parameter
ip—— IP address of the TFTP server.
name —— Specify the name for the backup configuration file which would be
saved. The uploaded configuration files will be named in the format as
name_unitid.cfg, for example config_1.cfg, config_2.cfg, etc.
unit-id —— Specify the unit in the stack whose backup configuration file would
be saved. If not specified, backup configuration files of all the members in the
stack will be uploaded.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Save the backup configuration files of all the members in the stack to TFTP
server with the IP 192.168.0.148 and name these files as config with their unit
ID as suffix:
T2700G-28TQ#copy backup-config tftp ip-address 192.168.0.148 filename
config
copy startup-config tftp
Description
The copy startup-config tftp command is used to upload the backup
configuration file to TFTP server.
Syntax
copy startup-config tftp ip-address ip-addr filename name [ unit-id ]
Parameter
ip-addr —— IP address of the TFTP server.
name —— Specify the name for the startup configuration file which would be
saved. The uploaded configuration files will be named in the format as
name_unitid.cfg, for example config_1.cfg, config_2.cfg, etc.
155
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
unit-id —— Specify the unit in the stack whose startup configuration file would
be saved. If not specified, startup configuration files of all the members in the
stack will be uploaded.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Save the startup configuration file of all the members in the stack to TFTP server
with the IP 192.168.0.148 and name these files as config with their unit ID as
suffix:
T2700G-28TQ#copy startup-config tftp ip-address 192.168.0.148 filename
config
copy tftp backup-config
Description
The copy tftp backup-config command is used to download the configuration
file from TFTP server to the switch as the backup configuration file.
Syntax
copy tftp backup-config ip-address ip-addr filename name [ unit-id ]
Parameter
ip-addr —— IP address of the TFTP server.
name —— Specify the name of the configuration file which would be
downloaded. The configuration file with the name name_unitid.cfg will be
downloaded to the switch with corresponding unit ID in the stack.
unit-id —— Specify the unit in the stack to which the configuration file would be
downloaded. If not specified, the corresponding configuration files will be
downloaded to all the members in the stack as their backup configuration file.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
156
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Download the configuration file named as config_unitid to the corresponding
switches in the stack as their backup configruration file from TFTP server with
the IP 192.168.0.148:
T2700G-28TQ#copy tftp backup-config ip-address 192.168.0.148 filename
config
copy tftp startup-config
Description
The copy tftp startup-config command is used to download the configuration
file from the TFTP server to the switch as the startup configuration file.
Syntax
copy tftp startup-config ip-address ip-addr filename name [ unit-id ]
Parameter
ip-addr —— IP address of the TFTP server.
name —— Specify the name of the configuration file which would be
downloaded. The configuration file with the name name_unitid.cfg will be
downloaded to the switch with corresponding unit ID in the stack.
unit-id —— Specify the unit in the stack to which the configuration file would be
downloaded. If not specified, the corresponding configuration files will be
downloaded to all the members in the stack as their startup configuration file.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Download the configuration file named as config_unitid to the corresponding
switches in the stack as their startup configuration file from TFTP server with the
IP 192.168.0.148:
T2700G-28TQ#copy tftp startup-config ip-address 192.168.0.148 filename
config
157
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
copy image tftp-source
Description
The copy image tftp-source command is used to download the image file from
the TFTP server to the switch.
Syntax
copy image tftp-source [ device ]{ imagename } ip-address ip-addr filename
name
Parameter
device —— Specify the unit in the stack to which the image file downloaded, in
the format of unitid:, for example unit1:. If not specified, the image file will be
downloaded to all the members in the stack.
imagename —— Specify the name of the image file to be stored in the switch,
either image1.bin or image2.bin.
ip-addr —— IP address of the TFTP server.
name —— Specify the name of the image file which would be downloaded from
the TFTP server. The suffix “.bin” is not included.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Download the image file named as image.bin to the unit 1 in the stack as its
image1.bin from TFTP server with the IP 192.168.0.148:
T2700G-28TQ#copy
image
tftp-source
unit1:image1.bin
ip-address
192.168.0.148 filename image
copy image tftp-target
Description
The copy image tftp-target command is used to upload the image file from the
switch to the TFTP server.
158
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
copy image [ device] { imagename } tftp-target ip-address ip-addr filename
name
Parameter
device —— Specify the unit in the stack from which the image file is uploaded,
in the format of unitid:, for example unit1:. If not specified, the image files of all
members in the stack will be uploaded.
imagename —— Specify the name of the image file to be uploaded, either
image1.bin or image2.bin.
ip-addr —— IP address of the TFTP server.
name —— Name of the uploaded image file stored in the TFTP server. The
suffix “.bin” is not included.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Upload the unit1’ image1.bin files to the TFTP server with the IP 192.168.0.148
and name it as image.bin:
T2700G-28TQ#copy
image
unit1:image1.bin
tftp-target
ip-address
192.168.0.148 filename image
copy image
Description
The copy command is used to copy and save the image files inside the stack
system.
Syntax
copy image [ src_device ]{ src_imagename } [ dst_device ]{ dst_imagename }
Parameter
src_device —— Specify the member’s unit in the stack from which the image file
would be copied, in the format of unitid:, for example unit1:. If not specified, the
image file of the current switch will be copied.
src_imagename —— Specify the name of the source image file.
159
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
dst_device —— Specify the member’s unit in the stack to which the image file
would be saved, in the format of unitid:, for example unit1:. If not specified, the
image file will be saved to all the members in the stack.
dst_imagename —— Specify the name of the image file saved in the destination
switch.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Copy unit 1’s image1.bin file to unit 2 as image2.bin:
T2700G-28TQ#copy image unit1:image1.bin unit2:image2.bin
remove backup-image
Description
The remove backup-image command is used to delete the backup-image.
Syntax
remove backup-image [ unitid ]
Parameter
unitid —— Specify the member’s unit in the stack from which the backup image
file would be deleted . If not specified, the backup image files of all the switches
in the stack will be deleted.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Delete the backup image files of all the members in the stack:
T2700G-28TQ# remove backup-image
remove config
Description
The remove config command is used to delete the configuration file.
160
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
remove config filename [ device ]{ configfilename }
Parameter
device —— Specify the unit in the stack whose configuration file will be deleted,
in the format of unitid:, for example unit1:. If not specified, the configuration files
of all members in the stack will be deleted.
configfilename —— Specify the name of the configuration file to be deleted,
ranging from 1 to 63 characters with the suffix “.cfg” included.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Delete the configuration file named config1.cfg of all the members in the stack:
T2700G-28TQ# remove config filename config1.cfg
firmware upgrade
Description
The firmware upgrade command is used to upgrade the switch system file via
the TFTP server.
Syntax
firmware upgrade ip-address ip-addr filename name [ unitid ]
Parameter
ip-addr —— IP address of the TFTP server.
name —— Specify the name for the firmware file.
unitid —— Specify the member’s unit in the stack for which the firmware file
would be applied. If not specified, the firmware files of all the switches in the
stack will be upgraded.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Upgrade the switch system file named as firmware.bin of all the switches in the
stack from the TFTP server with the IP address 192.168.0.148:
161
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ#firmware
upgrade
ip-address
192.168.0.148
filename
firmware.bin
ping
Description
The ping command is used to test the connectivity between the switch and one
node of the network.
Syntax
ping ip_addr [-n count] [-l count] [-i count]
Parameter
ip_addr —— The IP address of the destination node for ping test.
-n count —— The amount of times to send test data during Ping testing. It
ranges from 1 to 10. By default, this value is 4.
-l count —— The size of the sending data during ping testing. It ranges from 1 to
1024 bytes. By default, this value is 64.
-i count —— The interval to send ICMP request packets. It ranges from 100 to
1000 milliseconds. By default, this value is 1000.
Command Mode
User EXEC Mode and Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
To test the connectivity between the switch and the network device with the IP
192.168.0.131, please specify the count (-l) as 512 bytes and count (-i) as 1000
milliseconds. If there is not any response after 8 times’ Ping test, the connection
between the switch and the network device is failed to establish:
T2700G-28TQ#ping 192.168.0.131 –n 8 –l 512
tracert
Description
The tracert command is used to test the connectivity of the gateways during its
journey from the source to destination of the test data.
162
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
tracert ip_addr [-w waitTime ] [-h maxHops ]
Parameter
ip_addr —— The IP address of the destination device.
waitTime —— The maximum time for the test data to wait before timeout. It
ranges from 1 to 10000ms.
maxHops —— The maximum number of the route hops the test data can pass
though. It ranges from 1 to 30. By default, this value is 4.
Command Mode
User EXEC Mode and Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Test the connectivity between the switch and the network device with the IP
192.168.0.131. If the destination device has not been found after 20 maxHops,
the connection between the switch and the destination device is failed to
establish:
T2700G-28TQ#tracert 192.168.0.131 –h 20
loopback interface
Description
The loopback interface command is used to test whether the port is available
or not.
Syntax
loopback
interface
{
fastEthernet
port
|
gigabitEthernet
port
|
ten-gigabitEthernet port } { internal | external }
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit/ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number.
internal | external —— Loopback Type. There are two options: “internal” and
“external”.
Command Mode
User EXEC Mode and Privileged EXEC Mode
163
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Conduct an internal-type loopback test for Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/20:
T2700G-28TQ# loopback interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/20 internal
Conduct an external-type loopback test for Gigabit Ethernet port 20:
T2700G-28TQ# loopback interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/20 external
show system-time
Description
The show system-time command is used to display the current time system
and its source.
Syntax
show system-time
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the time information of the switch:
T2700G-28TQ#show system-time
show system-time dst
Description
The show system-time dst command is used to display the DST time
information of the switch.
Syntax
show system-time dst
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the DST time information of the switch
164
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ#show system-time dst
show system-time ntp
Description
The show system-time ntp command is used to display the NTP mode
configuration information.
Syntax
show system-time ntp
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the NTP mode configuration information of the switch:
T2700G-28TQ#show system-time ntp
show system-info
Description
The show system-info command is used to display system description, system
name, device location, system contact, hardware version, firmware version,
system time, run time and so on.
Syntax
show system-info
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the system information:
T2700G-28TQ#show system-info
165
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show environment
Description
The show environment command is used to display system description,
system name, device location, system contact, hardware version, firmware
version, system time, run time and so on.
Syntax
show system-info { all | fan | power | temperature } [ unitid ]
Parameter
all | fan | power | temperature —— Specify the system’s running environmental
status to be displayed. “all” represents all the environmental information; “fan”
represents the fans’ running status; “power” represents the power’s running
status; “temperature” represents the system’s environmental temperature.
unitid —— Specify the unit in the stack whose environmental information will be
displayed. If not specified, the environmental information of all the switches in
the stack will be displayed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the system’s running temperature of all the switches in the stack:
T2700G-28TQ#show environment temperature
show files-in-system
Description
The show files-in-system command is used to display the information of
system files.
Syntax
show file-in-system [ unitid ]
166
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
unitid —— Specify the unit in the stack whose system files’ information will be
displayed. If not specified, the system files’ information of all the switches in the
stack will be displayed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the system files’ information of all the switches in the stack:
T2700G-28TQ#show files-in-system
show image-info
Description
The show image-info command is used to display the information of image
files in the system.
Syntax
show file-in-system [ unitid ]
Parameter
unitid —— Specify the unit in the stack whose image files’ information will be
displayed. If not specified, the system
image files’ information of all the
switches in the stack will be displayed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the system image files’ information of all the switches in the stack:
T2700G-28TQ#show image-info
167
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show running-config
Description
The show running-config command is used to display the current operating
configuration of the system or of a specified port.
Syntax
show running-config [ unitid ]
Parameter
unitid —— Specify the unit in the stack to display its operating configuration. If
not specified, all the members’ operating configurations will be displayed in the
stack.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display all the members’ current operating configuration in the stack:
T2700G-28TQ#show running-config
show boot
Description
The show boot command is used to display the current boot configuration of
the system.
Syntax
show boot [ unitid ]
Parameter
unitid —— Specify the unit in the stack whose boot configuration information will
be displayed. If not specified, the boot configuration information of all the
switches in the stack will be displayed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
168
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Display the system boot configuration information of all the switches in the
stack:
T2700G-28TQ#show boot
show cable-diagnostics interface
Description
The show cable-diagnostics interface command is used to display the cable
diagnostics of the connected Ethernet Port., which facilitates you to check the
connection status of the cable connected to the Switch, locate and diagnose the
trouble spot of the network.
Syntax
show cable-diagnostics interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port }
Parameter
port —— The number of the port which is selected for Cable test.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Show the cable-diagnostics of Gigabit Ethernet port 20:
T2700G-28TQ#show cable-diagnostics interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/20
show cpu-utilization
Description
The show cpu-utilization command is used to display the system’s CPU
utilization in the last 5 seconds/1minute/5minutes.
Syntax
show cpu-utilization [ unitid ]
169
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
unitid —— Specify the unit in the stack whose CPU utilization information will be
displayed. If not specified, the CPU utilization information of all the switches in
the stack will be displayed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the CPU utilization information of all the switches in the stack:
T2700G-28TQ#show cpu-utilization
show memory-utilization
Description
The show memory-utilization command is used to display the system’s
memory utilization in the last 5 seconds/1minute/5minutes.
Syntax
show memory-utilization [ unitid ]
Parameter
unitid —— Specify the unit in the stack whose memory utilization information will
be displayed. If not specified, the memory utilization information of all the
switches in the stack will be displayed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the memory utilization information of all the switches in the stack:
T2700G-28TQ#show memory-utilization
170
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 23 Ethernet Configuration Commands
Ethernet Configuration Commands can be used to configure the Bandwidth Control, Negotiation
Mode and Storm Control for Ethernet ports.
interface fastEthernet
Description
The interface fastEthernet command is used to enter the interface
fastEthernet Configuration Mode and configure the corresponding Fast Ethernet
port.
Syntax
interface fastEthernet port
Parameter
port —— The Fast Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
T2700G-28TQ doesn’t have any fastEthernet port.
interface range fastEthernet
Description
The interface range fastEthernet command is used to enter the interface
range fastEthernet Configuration Mode and configure multiple Fast Ethernet
ports at the same time.
Syntax
interface range fastEthernet port-list
Parameter
port-list —— The list of Fast Ethernet ports.
171
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
Command in
the Interface
Range
fastEthernet Mode is executed
independently on all ports in the range. It does not effect the execution on the
other ports at all if the command results in an error on one port.
Example
T2700G-28TQ doesn’t have any fastEthernet port.
interface gigabitEthernet
Description
The interface gigabitEthernet command is used to enter the interface
gigabitEthernet Configuration Mode and configure the corresponding Gigabit
Ethernet port.
Syntax
interface gigabitEthernet port
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
To enter the Interface gigabitEthernet Configuration Mode and configure Gigabit
Ethernet port 20:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/20
interface range gigabitEthernet
Description
The interface range gigabitEthernet command is used to enter the interface
range gigabitEthernet Configuration Mode and configure multiple Gigabit
Ethernet ports at the same time.
172
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
interface range gigabitEthernet port-list
Parameter
port-list —— The list of Gigabit Ethernet ports.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
Command in the Interface Range gigabitEthernet Mode is executed
independently on all ports in the range. It does not affect the execution on the
other ports at all if the command results in an error on one port.
Example
To enter the Interface Range gigabitEthernet Configuration Mode, and configure
Gigabit Ethernet ports 10, 11 and 18 at the same time by adding them to one
port-list:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface range gigabitEthernet 1/0/10-11,1/0/18
interface ten-gigabitEthernet
Description
The interface ten-gigabitEthernet command is used to enter the interface
ten-gigabitEthernet Configuration Mode and configure the corresponding Ten
Gigabit Ethernet port.
Syntax
interface ten-gigabitEthernet port
Parameter
port —— The Ten Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
173
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
To enter the Interface gigabitEthernet Configuration Mode and configure
Ten-Gigabit Ethernet port 25:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface ten-gigabitEthernet 1/0/25
interface range ten-gigabitEthernet
Description
The interface range ten-gigabitEthernet command is used to enter the
interface range ten-gigabitEthernet Configuration Mode and configure multiple
Ten Gigabit Ethernet ports at the same time.
Syntax
interface range ten-gigabitEthernet port-list
Parameter
port-list —— The list of Ten Gigabit Ethernet ports.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
Command in the Interface Range ten-gigabitEthernet Mode is executed
independently on all ports in the range. It does not affect the execution on the
other ports at all if the command results in an error on one port.
Example
To enter the Interface Range ten-gigabitEthernet Configuration Mode, and
configure Ten Gigabit Ethernet ports 25 and 26 at the same time by adding them
to one port-list:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface range ten-gigabitEthernet 1/0/25-26
174
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
description
Description
The description command is used to add a description to the Ethernet port. To
clear the description of the corresponding port, please use no description
command.
Syntax
description string
no description
Parameter
string —— Content of a port description, ranging from 1 to 16 characters.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Add a description Port #5 to Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/5:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/5
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#description Port#5
shutdown
Description
The shutdown command is used to disable an Ethernet port. To enable this port
again, please use no shutdown command.
Syntax
shutdown
no shutdown
175
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Disable Gigabit Ethernet port 20:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/20
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#shutdown
flow-control
Description
The flow-control command is used to enable the flow-control function for a port.
To disable the flow-control function for this corresponding port, please use no
flow-control command. With the flow-control function enabled, the Ingress
Rate and Egress Rate can be synchronized to avoid packet loss in the network.
Syntax
flow-control
no flow-control
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the flow-control function for Gigabit Ethernet port 20:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/20
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#flow-control
176
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
duplex
Description
The duplex command is used to configure the Duplex Mode for an Ethernet
port. To return to the default configuration, please use no duplex command.
Syntax
duplex { auto | full | half }
no duplex
Parameter
auto | full | half —— The duplex mode of the Ethernet port. There are three
options: auto-negotiation mode, full-duplex mode and half-duplex mode. By
default the Gigabit Ethernet port is auto-negotiation mode and the Ten Gigabit
Ethernet port is full-dulplex mode.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the Duplex Mode as full-duplex for Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/20:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/20
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#duplex full
speed
Description
The speed command is used to configure the Speed Mode for an Ethernet port.
To return to the default configuration, please use no speed command.
Syntax
speed { 10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | auto }
no speed
177
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | auto —— The speed mode of the Ethernet port. There
are four options: 10Mbps, 100Mbps, 1000Mbps, 10000Mbps and Auto
negotiation mode. By default, the gigabitEthernet port works in Auto negotiation
mode and the ten-gigabiteEthernet port works in 10000Mbps mode.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the Speed Mode as 100Mbps for Gigabit Ethernet port 20:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/20
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#speed 100
storm-control broadcast
Description
The storm-control broadcast command is used to enable the broadcast
control function. To disable the broadcast control function, please use no
storm-control broadcast command. Broadcast control function allows the
switch to filter broadcast in the network. If the transmission rate of the broadcast
packets exceeds the set bandwidth, the packets will be automatically discarded
to avoid network broadcast storm.
Syntax
storm-control broadcast rate
no storm-control broadcast
Parameter
rate —— Specify the bandwidth for receiving broadcast packets on the port. The
packet traffic exceeding the bandwidth will be discarded. Range: 1 to 1000000
kbps for the gigabit port, 1 to 10000000 kbps for the ten-gigabit port.
178
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the broadcast control function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/5 and set the
bandwidth for receiving broadcast packets as 256 kbps:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/5
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#storm-control broadcast 256
storm-control multicast
Description
The storm-control multicast command is used to enable the multicast control
function. To disable the multicast control function, please use no storm-control
multicast command. Multicast control function allows the switch to filter
multicast in the network. If the transmission rate of the multicast packets
exceeds the set bandwidth, the packets will be automatically discarded to avoid
network broadcast storm.
Syntax
storm-control multicast rate
no storm-control multicast
Parameter
rate —— Select the bandwidth for receiving multicast packets on the port. The
packet traffic exceeding the bandwidth will be discarded. Range: 1 to 1000000
kbps for the gigabit port, 1 to 10000000 kbps for the ten-gigabit port.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
179
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Enable the multicast control function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/5 and set the
bandwidth for receiving multicast packets as 256 kbps:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/5
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#storm-control multicast 256
storm-control unicast
Description
The storm-control unicast command is used to enable the unicast control
function. To disable the unicast control function, please use no storm-control
unicast command. Unicast control function allows the switch to filter UL frame
in the network. If the transmission rate of the UL frames exceeds the set
bandwidth, the packets will be automatically discarded to avoid network
broadcast storm.
Syntax
storm-control unicast rate
no storm-control unicast
Parameter
rate —— Select the bandwidth for receiving UL-Frame on the port. The packet
traffic exceeding the bandwidth will be discarded. Range: 1 to 1000000 kbps for
the gigabit port, 1 to 10000000 kbps for the ten-gigabit port.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the unicast control function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/5 and set the
bandwidth for receiving UL-Frame as 256 kbps:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/5
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#storm-control unicast 256
180
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
bandwidth
Description
The bandwidth command is used to configure the bandwidth limit for an
Ethernet port. To disable the bandwidth limit, please use no bandwidth
command.
Syntax
bandwidth { [ingress ingress-rate] [egress egress-rate] }
no bandwidth { all | ingress | egress }
Parameter
ingress-rate ——Specify the bandwidth for receiving packets. Range: 1-100000
kbps for the megaport, 1-1000000 kbps for the gigaport, 1 to 10000000 kbps for
the ten-gigabit port.
egress-rate —— Specify the bandwidth for sending packets. Range:1-100000
kbps for the megaport, 1-1000000 kbps for the gigaport, 1 to 10000000 kbps for
the ten-gigabit port.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the ingress-rate as 5120kbps and egress-rate as 1024kbps for
Gigabit Ethernet port 5:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/5
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#bandwidth ingress 5120 egress 1024
clear counters
Description
The clear counters command is used to clear the statistic information of all the
Ethernet ports.
181
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
clear counters
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Clear the statistic information of all Ethernet ports
T2700G-28TQ(config)#clear counters
show interface status
Description
The show interface status command is used to display the connective-status
of an Ethernet port.
Syntax
show interface status [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameter
port ——The Fast/Gigabit/Ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number or port list.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the connective-status of all Ethernet ports:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show interface status
Display the connective-status of Gigabit Ethernet port 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show interface status gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
show interface counters
Description
The show interface counters command is used to display the statistic
information of an Ethernet port.
182
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
show interface counters [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit/Ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number. By default, the
statistic information of all ports is displayed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the statistic information of all Ethernet ports:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show interface counters
Display the statistic information of Gigabit Ethernet port 20:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show interface counters gigabitEthernet 1/0/20
show interface configuration
Description
The show interface configuration command is used to display the
configurations of an Ethernet port, including Port-status, Flow Control,
Negotiation Mode and Port-description.
Syntax
show interface configuration [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit/Ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number or port list.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configurations of all Ethernet ports:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show interface configuration
183
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show storm-control
Description
The show storm-control command is used to display the storm-control
information of an Ethernet port.
Syntax
show storm-control [ interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port } ]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit/Ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number or port list.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the storm-control information of port Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/20:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show storm-control interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/20
show bandwidth
Description
The show bandwidth command is used to display the bandwidth-limit
information of Ethernet port.
Syntax
show bandwidth [ interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port } ]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit/Ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number or port list.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the bandwidth-limit information of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/20:
184
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show bandwidth interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/20
185
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 24 QoS Commands
QoS (Quality of Service) function is used to optimize the network performance. It provides you with
network service experience of a better quality.
qos
Description
The qos command is used to configure CoS (Class of Service) based on port.
To return to the default configuration, please use no qos command.
Syntax
qos cos-id
no qos
Parameter
cos-id —— The priority of port. It ranges from 0 to 7, which represent CoS0CoS7 respectively. By default, the priority is 0.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
User Guidelines
Port priority is one property of the port. When the port priority is specified, the
data will be classified into the egress queue based on the CoS value of the
ingress port and the mapping relation between the CoS and TC in IEEE 802.1P.
Example
Configure the priority of port 5 as 3:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/5
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#qos 3
186
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
qos dscp
Description
The qos dscp command is used to enable the mapping relation between DSCP
Priority and TC egress queue. To disable the mapping relation, please use no
qos dscp command.
Syntax
qos dscp
no qos dscp
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
DSCP (DiffServ Code Point) is a new definition to IP ToS field given by IEEE.
DSCP priorities are mapped to the corresponding 802.1p priorities. IP datagram
will be classified into the egress queue based on the mapping relation between
DSCP priority and TC egress queue.
Example
Enable the mapping relation between DSCP Priority and egress queue:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#qos dscp
qos queue cos-map
Description
The qos queue cos-map command is used to configure the mapping relation
between IEEE 802.1P priority tag/IEEE 802.1Q tag, CoS value and the TC
egress queue. To return to the default configuration, please use no qos queue
cos-map command. When 802.1P Priority is enabled, the packets with 802.1Q
tag are mapped to different priority levels based on 802.1P priority mode. The
untagged packets are mapped based on port priority mode.
Syntax
qos queue cos-map tag/cos-id tc-id
no qos queue cos-map
Parameter
tag/cos-id —— The 8 priority levels defined by IEEE 802.1P or the priority level
the packets with tag are mapped to, which ranges from CoS 0 to CoS 7.
187
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
tc-id —— The egress queue the packets with tag are mapped to. It ranges from
0 to 7, which represents TC queue from TC0 to TC7 respectively.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
1.
By default, the mapping relation between tag/cos and the egress queue is:
0-TC2, 1-TC0, 2-TC1, 3-TC3, 4-TC4, 5-TC5, 6-TC6, 7-TC7.
2.
Among the priority levels TC0-TC7, the bigger value, the higher
priority.
Example
Map CoS 5 to TC 2.:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#qos queue cos-map 5 2
qos queue dscp-map
Description
The qos queue dscp-map command is used to configure the mapping relation
between DSCP Priority and the TC egress queue. To return to the default
configuration, please use no qos queue dscp-map command. DSCP (DiffServ
Code Point) is a new definition to IP ToS field given by IEEE. This field is used to
divide IP datagram into 64 priorities. When DSCP Priority is enabled, IP
datagram are mapped to different priority levels based on DSCP priority mode;
non-IP datagram with IEEE 802.1Q tag are mapped to different priority levels
based on IEEE 802.1P priority mode if IEEE 802.1P Priority is enabled; the
untagged non-IP datagram are mapped based on port priority mode.
Syntax
qos queue dscp-map dscp-list cos-pri
no qos queue dscp-map
Parameter
dscp-list —— List of DSCP value. One or several DSCP values can be typed
using comma to separate. Use a hyphen to designate a range of values, for
instance, 1,4-7,11 indicates choosing 1,4,5,6,7,11. The DSCP value ranges
from 0 to 63.
cos-pri —— The cos priority the packets with tag are mapped to. It ranges from
0 to 7, which represents CoS0 to CoS7 respectively.
188
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
1.
By default, the mapping relation between tag and the CoS Priority is:
(0-7)-CoS0, (8-15)-CoS1, (16-23)-CoS2, (24-31)-CoS3, (32-39)CoS4, (40-47)-CoS5, (48-55)-CoS6, (56-63)-CoS7.
2.
Among the priority levels CoS0-CoS7, the bigger value, the
higher priority.
Example
Map DSCP values 10-12 to CoS 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#qos queue dscp-map 10-12 2
qos queue mode
Description
The qos queue mode command is used to configure the Schedule Mode. To
return to the default configuration, please use no qos queue mode command.
When the network is congested, the program that many packets complete for
resources must be solved, usually in the way of queue scheduling. The switch
will control the forwarding sequence of the packets according to the priority
queues and scheduling algorithms you set. On this switch, the priority levels are
labeled as TC0, TC1,TC2 … TC7.
Syntax
qos queue mode { sp | wrr | sp+wrr | equ }
no qos queue mode
Parameter
sp —— Strict-Priority Mode. In this mode, the queue with higher priority will
occupy the whole bandwidth. Packets in the queue with lower priority are sent
only when the queue with higher priority is empty.
wrr —— Weight Round Robin Mode. In this mode, packets in all the queues are
sent in order based on the weight value for each queue. The weight value ratio
of TC0, TC1, TC2, TC3, TC4, TC5,TC6 andTC7 is 1:2:4:8:16:32:64:128.
sp+wrr —— Strict-Priority + Weight Round Robin Mode. In this mode, the switch
provides two scheduling groups, SP group and WRR group. Queues in SP
group and WRR group are scheduled strictly based on Strict-Priority mode while
189
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
the queues inside WRR group follow the WRR mode. In SP + WRR mode, TC7
is the SP group; TC0 to TC6 belong to the WRR group and the weight value
ratio of TC0 to TC6 is 1:2:4:8:16:32:64. In this way, when scheduling queues,
the switch allows TC7 to occupy the whole bandwidth following the SP mode
and TC0 to TC6 in the WRR group will take up the bandwidth according to their
ratio 1:2:4:8:16:32:64.
equ —— Equal-Mode. In this mode, all the queues occupy the bandwidth
equally. The weight value ratio of all the queues is 1:1:1:1:1:1:1:1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the Schedule Mode as Weight Round Robin Mode:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#qos queue mode wrr
show qos interface
Description
The show qos interface command is used to display the configuration of QoS
based on port priority.
Syntax
show
qos
interface
[
fastEthernet
port
|
gigabitEthernet
port
|
ten-gigabitEthernet port]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit/ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of QoS for Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/5:
T2700G-28TQ#show qos interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/5
show qos cos-map
Description
The show qos cos-map command is used to display the configuration of
IEEE802.1P Priority and the mapping relation between cos-id and tc-id.
190
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
show qos cos-map
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of IEEE 802.1P Priority and the mapping relation
between cos-id and tc-id:
T2700G-28TQ#show qos cos-map
show qos dscp-map
Description
The show qos dscp-map command is used to display the configuration of
DSCP Priority.
Syntax
show qos dscp-map
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of DSCP Priority:
T2700G-28TQ#show qos dscp-map
show qos queue mode
Description
The show qos queue mode command is used to display the schedule rule of
the egress queues.
Syntax
show qos queue mode
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the schedule rule of the egress queues:
T2700G-28TQ#show qos queue mode
191
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show qos status
Description
The show qos status command is used to display the status of IEEE 802.1P
priority and DSCP priority.
Syntax
show qos status
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the status of IEEE 802.1P priority and DSCP priority:
T2700G-28TQ#show qos status
192
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 25 Port Mirror Commands
Port Mirror refers to the process of forwarding copies of packets from one port to a monitoring port.
Usually, the monitoring port is connected to data diagnose device, which is used to analyze the
monitored packets for monitoring and troubleshooting the network.
monitor session destination interface
Description
The monitor session destination interface command is used to configure the
monitoring port. Each monitor session has only one monitoring port. To change
the monitoring port, please use the monitor session destination interface
command by changing the port value. To delete the corresponding monitor
session configuration, please use no monitor session command.
Syntax
monitor session session_num destination interface { fastEthernet port |
gigabitEthernet port | ten-gigabitEthernet port }
no monitor session session_num
Parameter
session_num —— The monitor session number, the value of which is 1.
port —— The Fast/Gigabit/Ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create monitor session 1 and configure Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/1 as the
monitoring port:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#monitor
session
gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
Delete the monitor session 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#no monitor session 1
193
1
destination
interface
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
monitor session source interface
Description
The monitor session source interface command is used to configure the
monitored port. To delete the corresponding monitored port, please use no
monitor session source interface command.
Syntax
monitor session session_num source interface { fastEthernet port-list |
gigabitEthernet port-list | ten-gigabitEthernet port-list } mode
no monitor session session_num source interface { fastEthernet port-list |
gigabitEthernet port-list | ten-gigabitEthernet port-list } mode
Parameter
session_num —— The monitor session number, the value of which is 1.
port-list —— List of monitored port. It is multi-optional.
mode —— The monitor mode. There are three options: rx, tx and both. Rx
(ingress monitoring mode), means the incoming packets received by the
monitored port will be copied to the monitoring port. TX (egress monitoring
mode), indicates the outgoing packets sent by the monitored port will be copied
to the monitoring port. Both (ingress and egress monitoring), presents the
incoming packets received and the outgoing packets sent by the monitored port
will both be copied to the monitoring port.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
1.
Monitored ports number is not limited, but it can’t be the monitoring port at
the same time.
2.
Whether the monitoring port and monitored ports are in the same VLAN or
not is not demanded strictly.
3.
The monitoring port cannot be link-aggregation member.
Example
Create monitor session 1, then configure Gigabit Ethernet port 4, 5, 7 as
monitored ports and enable ingress monitoring:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#monitor session 1 source interface gigabitEthernet
1/0/4-5,1/0/7 rx
194
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Delete the Gigabit Ethernet port 4 in monitor session 1 and its configuration:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#no
monitor
session
1
source
interface
gigabitEthernet 1/0/4 rx
show monitor session
Description
The show monitor session command is used to display the configuration of
port monitoring.
Syntax
show monitor session [session_num]
Parameter
session_num —— The monitor session number, the value of which is 1.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the monitoring configuration of monitor session 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show monitor session 1
195
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 26 Port isolation Commands
Port Isolation provides a method of restricting traffic flow to improve the network security by
forbidding the port to forward packets to the ports that are not on its forwarding port list.
port isolation
Description
The port isolation command is used to configure the forward port list of a port,
so that this port can only communicate with the ports on its port list. To delete
the corresponding configuration, please use no port isolation command.
Syntax
port isolation { [fa-forward-list fa-forward-list ] [gi-forward-list gi-forward-list]
ten-gi-forward-list ten-gi-forward-list }
no port isolation
Parameter
fa-forward-list —— Configure Fast Ethernet ports to the forward port list. It is
optional.
gi-forward-list —— Configure Gigabit Ethernet ports to the forward port list. It is
optional.
ten-gi-forward-list —— Configure Gigabit Ethernet ports to the forward port list.
It is optional.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Set Gigabit Ethernet ports 1/0/15-17 to the forward port list of Gigabit Ethernet
1/0/8:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface range gigabitEthernet 1/0/8
T2700G-28TQ(config-if-range)#port isolation gi-forward-list 1/0/15-17
Set all the Ethernet ports to forward port list of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/2,
namely restore to the default setting:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
196
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config-if-range)#no port isolation
show port isolation
Description
The show port isolation command is used to display the forward port list of a
port.
Syntax
show port isolation interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameter
port —— The number of Ethernet port you want to show its forward port list, in
the format of 1/0/2.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the forward-list of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/3:
T2700G-28TQ#show port isolation interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/3
Display the forward-list of all Ethernet ports:
T2700G-28TQ#show port isolation interface
197
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 27 Loopback Detection Commands
With loopback detection feature enabled, the switch can detect loops using loopback detection
packets. When a loop is detected, the switch will display an alert or further block the corresponding
port according to the configuration.
loopback-detection(global)
Description
The loopback-detection command is used to enable the loopback detection
function globally. To disable it, please use no loopback detection command.
Syntax
loopback-detection
no loopback-detection
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the loopback detection function globally:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# loopback-detection
loopback-detection interval
Description
The loopback-detection interval command is used to define the interval of
sending loopback detection packets from switch ports to network, aiming at
detecting network loops periodically.
Syntax
loopback-detection interval interval-time
Parameter
interval-time —— The interval of sending loopback detection packets. It ranges
from 1 to 1000 seconds. By default, this value is 30 seconds.
198
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the interval-time as 50 seconds:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# loopback-detection interval 50
loopback-detection recovery-time
Description
The loopback-detection recovery-time command is used to configure the
time after which the blocked port would automatically recover to normal status.
Syntax
loopback-detection recovery-time recovery-time
Parameter
recovery-time —— The time after which the blocked port would automatically
recover to normal status, and the loopback detection would restart. It is integral
times of detection interval, ranging from 1 to 100 and the default value is 3.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the recovery-time as 3 times of detection interval:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# loopback-detection recovery-time 3
loopback-detection(interface)
Description
The loopback-detection command is used to enable the loopback detection
function of the specified port. To disable it, please use no loopback-detection
command.
Syntax
loopback-detection
no loopback-detection
199
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the loopback detection function of ports 1-3:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface range gigabitEthernet 1/0/1-3
T2700G-28TQ(config-if-range)# loopback-detection
loopback-detection config
Description
The loopback-detection config command is used to configure the
process-mode and recovery-mode for the ports by which the switch copes with
the detected loops.
Syntax
loopback-detection config [ process-mode { alert | port-based }]
[ recovery-mode { auto | manual }]
Parameter
alert | port-based —— The mode how the switch processes the detected loops.
Alert: When a loop is detected, display an alert. Port based: When a loop is
detected, display an alert and block the port.
auto | manual —— The mode how the blocked port recovers to normal status.
Auto: Block status can be automatically removed after recovery time. Manual:
Block status can only be removed manually.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure
the
loopback
detection
process-mode
recovery-mode as manual for port 2:
T3200G-28TQ(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
200
as
port-based
and
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#
loopback-detection
config
process-mode
port-based recovery-mode manual
loopback-detection recover
Description
The loopback-detection recover command is used to remove the block status
of selected ports, thus recovering the blocked ports to normal status.
Syntax
loopback-detection recover
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Recover the blocked port 2 to normal status:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# loopback-detection recover
show loopback-detection global
Description
The show loopback-detection global command is used to display the global
configuration of loopback detection function such as loopback detection global
status, loopback detection interval and loopback detection recovery time.
Syntax
show loopback-detection global
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global configuration of loopback detection function:
201
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ# show loopback-detection global
show loopback-detection interface
Description
The show loopback-detection interface command is used to display the
configuration of loopback detection function and the status of the specified
Ethernet port.
Syntax
show loopback-detection interface [ gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameter
port —— The Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of loopback detection function and the status of all
ports:
T2700G-28TQ# show loopback-detection interface
Display the configuration of loopback detection function and the status of port 5:
T2700G-28TQ# show loopback-detection interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/5
202
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 28 ACL Commands
ACL (Access Control List) is used to filter data packets by configuring a series of match conditions,
operations and time ranges. It provides a flexible and secured access control policy and facilitates
you to control the network security.
time-range
Description
The time-range command is used to add Time-Range. To delete the
corresponding Time-Range, please use no time-range command. A time-range
based ACL enables you to implement ACL control over packets by
differentiating the time-ranges. A time-range can be specified in each rule in an
ACL. The rule takes effect only when the specified time-range is configured and
the system time is within the time-range.
Syntax
time-range name
no time-range name
Parameter
name —— The Time-Range name, ranging from 1 to 16 characters.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add a time-range named tSeg1:
T2700G-28TQ (config)# time-range tSeg1
absolute
Description
The absolute command is used to configure a time-range into an absoluteness
mode. To delete the corresponding Absoluteness Mode time-range, please use
no absolute command.
Syntax
absolute start start-date end end-date
203
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
no absolute
Parameter
start-date —— The start date in Absoluteness Mode, in the format of
MM/DD/YYYY. By default, it is 01/01/1970.
end-date —— The end date in Absoluteness Mode, in the format of
MM/DD/YYYY. By default, it is 12/31/2099. The Absoluteness Mode will be
disabled if the start date and end date are both in default value.
Command Mode
Time-range Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the time-range tSeg1 with time from May 5, 2012 to Oct. 5, 2012:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# time-range tSeg1
T2700G-28TQ(config-time-range)# absolute start 05/05/2012 end
10/05/2012
periodic
Description
The periodic command is used to configure the time-range into periodic mode.
To delete the corresponding Periodic Mode time-range, please use no periodic
command. To delete the corresponding Periodic Mode week-date time-range,
please use no periodic week-date command. To delete the corresponding
Periodic Mode time-slice time-range, please use no periodic time-slice
command.
Syntax
periodic [week-date week-day] [time-slice1 time-slice] [time-slice2 time-slice]
[time-slice3 time-slice] [time-slice4 time-slice]
no periodic
no periodic week-date
no periodic time-slice
Parameter
week-day —— Periodic Mode, in the format of 1-3,6 or daily, weekend,
weekdays. 1-3, 6 represent Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday and Saturday; daily
represents every day; weekend represents weekend and weekdays represents
working day. By default, the Periodic Mode is disabled.
204
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
time-slice —— Create the time-slice, in the format of HH:MM-HH:MM.
Command Mode
Time-range Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the time-range tSeg1 with time from 8:30 to 12:00 at weekend:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#time-range tSeg1
T2700G-28TQ(config-time-range)#periodic week-date weekend time-slice1
08:30-12:00
holiday
Description
The holiday command is used to configure the time-range into Holiday Mode
under Time-range Create Configuration Mode. To delete the corresponding
Holiday Mode time-range, please use no holiday command.
Syntax
holiday
no holiday
Command Mode
Time-range Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the time-range tSeg1 into Holiday Mode:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#time-range tSeg1
T2700G-28TQ(config-time-range)#holiday
holiday(global)
Description
The holiday command is used to define a holiday. To delete the corresponding
holiday, please use no holiday command.
Syntax
holiday name start-date start-date end-date end-date
no holiday
205
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
name —— The holiday name, ranging from 1 to 16 characters.
start-date —— The start date of the holiday, in the format of MM/DD, for
instance, 05/01.
end-date —— The end date of the holiday, in the format of MM/DD, for instance,
05/03.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Define National Day, configuring the start date as October 1st, and the end date
as October 3rd:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#holiday nationalday start-date 10/01 end-date 10/03
access-list create
Description
The access-list create command is used to create standard-IP ACL and
extend-IP ACL.
Syntax
access-list create acl-id
Parameter
acl-id —— ACL ID, ranging from 500 to 2499. 500-1499 must be Standard-IP
ACL, and 1500-2499 must be Extend-IP ACL.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create a standard-IP ACL whose ID is 1234:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#access-list create 1234
mac access-list
Description
The mac access-list command is used to create MAC ACL. To set the detailed
configurations for a specified MAC ACL, please use mac access-list command
206
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
to access Mac Access-list Configuration Mode. To delete the MAC ACL, please
use no mac access-list.
Syntax
mac access-list acl-id
no mac access-list acl-id
Parameter
acl-id —— ACL ID, ranging from 0 to 499.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create a MAC ACL whose ID is 23:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#mac access-list 23
access-list standard
Description
The access-list standard command is used to add Standard-IP ACL rule. To
delete the corresponding rule, please use no access-list standard command.
Standard-IP ACLs analyze and process data packets based on a series of
match conditions, which can be the source IP addresses and destination IP
addresses carried in the packets.
Syntax
access-list standard acl-id rule rule-id {deny | permit} [sip source-ip smask
source-ip-mask]
[dip
destination-ip
dmask
destination-ip-mask]
[tseg
time-segment ]
no access-list standard acl-id rule rule-id
Parameter
acl-id —— The desired Standard-IP ACL for configuration.
rule-id —— The rule ID.
deny —— The operation to discard packets.
permit ——The operation to forward packets. It is the default value.
source-ip —— The source IP address contained in the rule.
source-ip-mask —— The source IP address mask. It is required if you typed the
source IP address.
207
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
destination-ip —— The destination IP address contained in the rule.
destination-ip-mask —— The destination IP address mask. It is required if you
typed the destination IP address.
time-segment —— The time-range for the rule to take effect. By default, it is not
limited.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create a Standard-IP ACL whose ID is 1200, and add Rule 10 for it. In the rule,
the source IP address is 192.168.0.100, the source IP address mask is
255.255.255.0, the time-range for the rule to take effect is tSeg1, and the
packets match this rule will be forwarded by the switch:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#access-list create 1200
T2700G-28TQ(config)#access-list
standard
1200
rule
10
permit
sip
192.168.0.100 smask 255.255.255.0 tseg tSeg1
access-list extended
Description
The access-list extended command is used to add Extended-IP ACL rule. To
delete the corresponding rule, please use no access-list extended command.
Syntax
access-list extended acl-id rule rule-id {deny | permit} [sip source-ip smask
source-ip-mask]
[dip
destination-ip
dmask
destination-ip-mask]
[tseg
time-segment] [dscp dscp] [s-port s-port] [d-port d-port] [tcpflag tcpflag]
[protocol protocol] [tos tos] [pre pre]
no access-list extended acl-id rule rule-id
Parameter
acl-id——The desired Extended-IP ACL for configuration.
rule-id —— The rule ID.
deny —— The operation to discard packets.
permit ——The operation to forward packets. It is the default value.
source-ip —— The source IP address contained in the rule.
208
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
source-ip-mask —— The source IP address mask. It is required if you typed the
source IP address.
destination-ip —— The destination IP address contained in the rule.
destination-ip-mask —— The destination IP address mask. It is required if you
typed the destination IP address.
time-segment —— The time-range for the rule to take effect. By default, it is not
limited.
dscp —— Specify the dscp value, ranging from 0 to 63.
s-port —— The source port number.
d-port —— The destination port number.
tcpflag —— Specify the flag value when using TCP protocol.
protocol —— Configure the value of the matching protocol.
tos—— Enter the IP ToS contained in the rule.
pre —— Enter the IP Precedence contained in the rule.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create an Extended-IP ACL whose ID is 2220, and add Rule 10 for it. In the rule,
the source IP address is 192.168.0.100, the source IP address mask is
255.255.255.0, the time-range for the rule to take effect is tSeg1, and the
packets match this rule will be forwarded by the switch:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#access-list create 2220
T2700G-28TQ(config)#access-list
extended
2220
rule
10
permit
sip
192.168.0.100 smask 255.255.255.0 tseg tSeg1
rule
Description
The rule command is used to configure MAC ACL rule. To delete the
corresponding rule, please use no rule command.
Syntax
rule rule-id {deny | permit} [smac source-mac smask source-mac-mask ]
[dmac destination-mac dmask destination-mac-mask ] [type ethernet-type] [pri
user-pri] [tseg time-segment]
209
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
no rule rule-id
Parameter
rule-id —— The rule ID.
deny —— The operation to discard packets.
permit ——The operation to forward packets. By default, it is “permit”.
source-mac —— The source MAC address contained in the rule.
source-mac-mask —— The source MAC address mask. It is required if you
typed the source MAC address.
destination-mac —— The destination MAC address contained in the rule.
destination-mac-mask —— The destination MAC address mask. It is required if
you typed the destination MAC address.
ethernet-type —— EtherType contained in the rule, in the format of 4-hex
number.
user-pri —— The user priority contained in the rule, ranging from 0 to 7. By
default, it is not limited.
time-segment —— The time-range for the rule to take effect. By default, it is not
limited.
Command Mode
Mac Access-list Configuration Mode
Example
Create a MAC ACL whose ID is 20, and add Rule 10 for it. In the rule, the source
MAC address is 00:01:3F:48:16:23, the source MAC address mask is ff: ff: ff:
ff:ff:00, the user priority is 5, the time-range for the rule to take effect is tSeg1,
and the packets match this rule will be forwarded by the switch:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#mac access-list 20
T2700G-28TQ(config-mac-acl)#rule
10
permit smac
00:01:3F:48:16:23
smask ff: ff: ff: ff:ff:00 pri 5 tseg tSeg1
access-list policy name
Description
The access-list policy name command is used to add Policy. To delete the
corresponding Policy, please use no access-list policy name command. A
Policy is used to control the data packets those match the corresponding ACL
210
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
rules by configuring ACLs and actions together for effect. The operations here
include stream mirror, stream condition, QoS Remarking and redirect.
Syntax
access-list policy name name
no access-list policy name name
Parameter
name —— The Policy Name, ranging from 1 to 16 characters.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add a Policy named policy1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#access-list policy name policy1
access-list policy action
Description
The access-list policy action command is used to add ACLs and create
actions for the policy. To set the detailed configuration of actions for a policy,
please use access-list policy action command to access Action Configuration
Mode. To delete the corresponding actions, please use no access-list policy
action command.
Syntax
access-list policy action policy-name acl-id
no access-list policy action policy-name acl-id
Parameter
policy-name —— The Policy Name, ranging from 1 to 16 characters.
acl-id —— The ID of the ACL to which the above policy is applied.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add ACL whose ID is 1200 to policy1 and create an action for them:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#access-list policy action policy1 1200
211
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
redirect interface
Description
The redirect interface command is used to configure Direction function of
policy action for specified ports.
Syntax
redirect
interface
{
fastEthernet
port
|
gigabitEthernet
port
|
ten-gigabitEthernet port }
Parameter
port —— The Destination Port of Redirect. The data packets matching the
corresponding ACL will be forwarded to the specific port. By default, it is All
Ports.
Command Mode
Action Configuration Mode
Example
Edit the actions for policy1. Forward the data packets matching ACL 1200 in the
policy to Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#access-list policy action policy1 1200
T2700G-28TQ(config-action)#redirect interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
s-condition
Description
The s-condition command is used to configure Stream Condition function of
policy action.
Syntax
s-condition rate rate osd {none | discard}
Parameter
rate —— The rate of Stream Condition, ranging from 0 to 10000000kbps.
osd —— Out of Band disposal of Stream Condition. It is the disposal way of the
data packets those are transmitted beyond the rate. There are two options,
“none” and “discard”. By default, the option is “none”.
Command Mode
Action Configuration Mode
212
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Edit the actions for policy1. For the data packets matching ACL 1200 in the
policy, if the rate beyond 1000kbps, they will be discarded by the switch:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#access-list policy action policy1 1200
T2700G-28TQ(config-action)#s-condition rate 1000 osd discard
s-mirror
Description
The s-mirror command is used to configure Stream Mirror function of policy
action to the specified port.
Syntax
s-mirror interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port }
Parameter
port —— The Mirror Port number of Stream Mirror.
Command Mode
Action Configuration Mode
Example
Edit the actions for policy1. Specify the mirror port as Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/2
for the data packets matching ACL 1200:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#access-list policy action policy1 1200
T2700G-28TQ(config-action)#s-mirror interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
qos-remark
Description
The qos-remark command is used to configure QoS function of policy action.
Syntax
qos-remark dscp dscp priority priority
no qos-remark
Parameter
dscp —— DSCP of QoS Remark. Specify the DSCP region for the data packets
matching the corresponding ACL. DSCP ranges from 0 to 63. By default, it is not
limited.
213
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
priority —— Local Priority of QoS Remark. Specify the local priority for the data
packets matching the corresponding ACL. Local Priority ranges from 0 to 7.
Command Mode
Action Configuration Mode
Example
Edit the actions for policy1. For the data packets matching ACL 1200, specify
the DSCP region as 30 and local priority 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#access-list policy action policy1 1200
T2700G-28TQ(config-action)# qos-remark dscp 30 priority 2
access-list bind(interface)
Description
The access-list bind command is used to bind a policy to a specified port. To
cancel the bind relation, please use no access-list bind command.
Syntax
access-list bind policy-name
no access-list bind policy-name
Parameter
policy-name —— The name of the policy desired to bind.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Bind policy1 to Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#access-list bind policy1
access-list bind(vlan)
Description
The access-list bind command is used to bind a policy to a VLAN. To cancel
the bind relation, please use no access-list bind command.
214
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
access-list bind policy-name
no access-list bind policy-name
Parameter
policy-name —— The name of the policy desired to bind.
Command Mode
Interface VLAN Mode
Example
Bind policy1 to VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#access-list bind policy1
show time-range
Description
The show time-range command is used to display the configuration of
time-range.
Syntax
show time-range
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of Time-Range:
T2700G-28TQ#show time-range
show holiday
Description
The show holiday command is used to display the defined holidays.
Syntax
show holiday
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
215
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Display the defined holidays:
T2700G-28TQ#show holiday
show access-list
Description
The show access-list command is used to display configuration of ACL.
Syntax
show access-list [acl-id]
Parameter
acl-id —— The ID of the ACL selected to display the configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of the MAC ACL whose ID is 20:
T2700G-28TQ#show access-list 20
show access-list policy
Description
The show access-list policy command is used to display the information of a
specified policy.
Syntax
show access-list policy [name]
Parameter
name —— The Policy Name desired to show.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of a policy named policy1:
T2700G-28TQ#show access-list policy policy1
216
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show access-list bind
Description
The show access-list bind command is used to display the configuration of
Policy bind.
Syntax
show access-list bind
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of Policy bind:
T2700G-28TQ#show access-list bind
217
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 29 MSTP Commands
MSTP (Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol), compatible with both STP and RSTP and subject to
IEEE 802.1s, can disbranch a ring network. STP is to block redundant links and backup links as
well as optimize paths.
spanning-tree(global)
Description
The spanning-tree command is used to enable STP function globally. To
disable the STP function, please use no spanning-tree command.
Syntax
spanning-tree
no spanning-tree
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the STP function:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#spanning-tree
spanning-tree(interface)
Description
The spanning-tree command is used to enable STP function for a port. To
disable the STP function, please use no spanning-tree command.
Syntax
spanning-tree
no spanning-tree
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the STP function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/2:
218
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#spanning-tree
spanning-tree common-config
Description
The spanning-tree common-config command is used to configure the
parameters of the ports for comparison in the CIST and the common parameters
of all instances. To return to the default configuration, please use no
spanning-tree common-config command. CIST (Common and Internal
Spanning Tree) is the spanning tree in a switched network, connecting all
devices in the network.
Syntax
spanning-tree common-config [port-priority priority] [ext-cost ext-cost]
[int-cost int-cost] [portfast {enable | disable}] [point-to-point {auto | open |
close}]
no spanning-tree common-config
Parameter
priority —— Port Priority, which must be multiple of 16 ranging from 0 to 240. By
default, the port priority is 128. Port Priority is an important criterion on
determining if the port connected to this port will be chosen as the root port. In
the same condition, the port with the highest priority will be chosen as the root
port. The lower value has the higher priority.
ext-cost —— External Path Cost, which is used to choose the path and
calculate the path costs of ports in different MST regions. It is an important
criterion on determining the root port. The lower value has the higher priority. It
ranges from o to 2000000. By default, it is 0 which is mean auto.
int-cost —— Internal Path Cost, which is used to choose the path and calculate
the path costs of ports in an MST region. It is an important criterion on
determining the root port. The lower value has the higher priority. By default, it is
automatic. It ranges from o to 2000000. By default, it is 0 which is mean auto.
portfast —— Enable/ Disable Edge Port. By default, it is disabled. The edge port
can transit its state from blocking to forwarding rapidly without waiting for
forward delay.
point-to-point —— The P2P link status, with auto, open and close options. By
default, the option is auto. If the two ports in the P2P link are root port or
219
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
designated port, they can transit their states to forwarding rapidly to reduce the
unnecessary forward delay.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the STP function of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/1, and configure the Port
Priority as 64, ExtPath Cost as 100, IntPath Cost as 100, and then enable Edge
Port:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#spanning-tree common-config port-priority 64
ext-cost 100 int-cost 100 portfast enable point-to-point open
spanning-tree mode
Description
The spanning-tree mode command is used to configure the STP mode of the
switch. To return to the default configurations, please use no spanning-tree
mode command.
Syntax
spanning-tree mode {stp | rstp | mstp}
no spanning-tree mode
Parameter
stp —— Spanning Tree Protocol, the default value.
rstp —— Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol
mstp —— Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the spanning-tree mode as “mstp”:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#spanning-tree mode mstp
220
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
spanning-tree mst configuration
Description
The spanning-tree mst configuration command is used to access MST
Configuration Mode from Global Configuration Mode, as to configure the
VLAN-Instance mapping, region name and revision level. To return to the
default configuration
of the
corresponding
Instance, please
use no
spanning-tree mst configuration command.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst configuration
no spanning-tree mst configuration
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enter into the MST Configuration Mode:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
instance
Description
The instance command is used to configure the VLAN-Instance mapping. To
remove the VLAN-instance mapping or disable the corresponding instance,
please use no instance command. When an instance is disabled, the related
mapping VLANs will be removed.
Syntax
instance instance-id vlan vlan-id
no instance instance-id [vlan vlan-id]
Parameters
instance-id —— Instance ID, ranging from 1 to 8.
vlan-id —— The VLAN ID selected to mapping with the corresponding instance.
Command Mode
MST Configuration Mode
Example
Map the VLANs 1-100 to Instance 1:
221
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
T2700G-28TQ(config-mst)#instance 1 vlan 1-100
Disable Instance 1, namely remove all the maping VLANs 1-100:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
T2700G-28TQ(config-mst)#no instance 1
Remove VLANs 1-50 in maping VLANs 1-100 for Instance 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
T2700G-28TQ(config-mst)#no instance 1 vlan 1-50
name
Description
The name command is used to configure the region name of MST instance.
Syntax
name name
Parameters
name —— The region name, used to identify MST region. It ranges from 1 to 32
characters.
Command Mode
MST Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the region name of MST as “region1”:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
T2700G-28TQ(config-mst)#name region1
revision
Description
The revision command is used to configure the revision level of MST instance.
Syntax
revision revision
222
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameters
revision —— The revision level for MST region identification, ranging from 0 to
65535.
Command Mode
MST Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the revision level of MST as 100:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
T2700G-28TQ(config-mst)#revision 100
spanning-tree mst instance
Description
The spanning-tree mst instance command is used to configure the priority of
MST instance. To return to the default value of MST instance priority, please use
no spanning-tree mst instance command.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst instance instance-id priority priority
no spanning-tree mst instance instance-id priority
Parameter
instance-id —— Instance ID, ranging from 1 to 8.
priority —— MSTI Priority, which must be multiple of 4096 ranging from 0 to
61440. By default, it is 32768. MSTI priority is an important criterion on
determining if the switch will be chosen as the root bridge in the specific
instance.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the MST Instance 1 and configure its priority as 4096:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#spanning-tree mst instance 1 priority 4096
223
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
spanning-tree mst
Description
The spanning-tree mst command is used to configure MST Instance Port. To
return to the default configuration of the corresponding Instance Port, please
use no spanning-tree mst command. A port can play different roles in different
spanning tree instance. You can use this command to configure the parameters
of the ports in different instance IDs as well as view status of the ports in the
specified instance.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst instance instance-id { [port-priority priority] [cost cost] }
no spanning-tree mst instance instance-id
Parameter
instance-id —— Instance ID, ranging from 1 to 8.
priority —— Port Priority, which must be multiple of 16 ranging from 0 to 240. By
default, it is 128. Port Priority is an important criterion on determining if the port
will be chosen as the root port by the device connected to this port.
cost —— Path Cost, ranging from 0 to 2000000. The lower value has the higher
priority. Its default value is 0 meaning “auto”.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Configure the priority of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/1 in MST Instance 1 as 64,
and path cost as 2000:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#spanning-tree mst instance 1 port-priority 64 cost
2000
224
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
spanning-tree priority
Description
The spanning-tree priority command is used to configure the bridge priority. To
return to the default value of bridge priority, please use no spanning-tree
priority command.
Syntax
spanning-tree priority priority
no spanning-tree priority
Parameter
priority —— Bridge priority, ranging from 0 to 61440. The priority must be an
integral multiple of 4096 and it is 32768 by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the bridge priority as 4096:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#spanning-tree priority 4096
spanning-tree tc-defend
Description
The spanning-tree tc-defend command is used to configure the TC Protect of
Spanning Tree globally. To return to the default configuration, please use no
spanning-tree tc-defend command. A switch removes MAC address entries
upon receiving TC-BPDUs. If a malicious user continuously sends TC-BPDUs to
a switch, the switch will be busy with removing MAC address entries, which may
decrease the performance and stability of the network.
Syntax
spanning-tree tc-defend threshold threshold period period
no spanning-tree tc-defend
Parameter
threshold —— TC Threshold, ranging from 1 to 100 packets. By default, it is 20.
TC Threshold is the maximum number of the TC-BPDUs received by the switch
in a TC Protect Cycle.
period —— TC Protect Cycle, ranging from 1 to 10 in seconds. By default, it is 5.
225
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure TC Threshold as 30 packets and TC Protect Cycle as 10 seconds:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#spanning-tree tc-defend threshold 30 period 10
spanning-tree timer
Description
The spanning-tree timer command is used to configure forward-time,
hello-time and max-age of Spanning Tree. To return to the default configurations,
please use no spanning-tree timer command.
Syntax
spanning-tree timer { [forward-time forward-time] [hello-time hello-time]
[max-age max-age] }
no spanning-tree timer
Parameter
forward-time —— Forward Delay, which is the time for the port to transit its state
after the network topology is changed. Forward Delay ranges from 4 to 30 in
seconds and it is 15 by default. Otherwise, 2 * (Forward Delay - 1) >= Max Age.
hello-time ——Hello Time, which is the interval to send BPDU packets, and
used to test the links. Hello Time ranges from 1 to 10 in seconds and it is 2 by
default. Otherwise, 2 * (Hello Time + 1) <= Max Age.
max-age —— The maximum time the switch can wait without receiving a BPDU
before attempting to reconfigure, ranging from 6 to 40 in seconds. By default, it
is 20.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure forward-time, hello-time and max-age for Spanning Tree as 16
seconds, 3 seconds and 22 seconds respectively:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#spanning-tree timer forward-time 16 hello-time 3
max-age 22
226
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
spanning-tree hold-count
Description
The spanning-tree hold-count command is used to configure the maximum
number of BPDU packets transmitted per Hello Time interval. To return to the
default configurations, please use no spanning-tree hold-count command.
Syntax
spanning-tree hold-count value
no spanning-tree hold-count
Parameter
value —— The maximum number of BPDU packets transmitted per Hello Time
interval, ranging from 1 to 20 in pps. By default, it is 5.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the hold-count of STP as 8pps:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#spanning-tree hold-count 8
spanning-tree max-hops
Description
The spanning-tree max-hops command is used to configure the maximum
number of hops that occur in a specific region before the BPDU is discarded. To
return to the default configurations, please use no spanning-tree max-hops
command.
Syntax
spanning-tree max-hops value
no spanning-tree max-hops
Parameter
value —— The maximum number of hops that occur in a specific region before
the BPDU is discarded, ranging from 1 to 40 in hop. By default, it is 20.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
227
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Configure the max-hops of STP as 30:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#spanning-tree max-hops 30
spanning-tree bpdufilter
Description
The spanning-tree bpdufilter command is used to enable the BPDU filter
function for a port. With the function enabled, the port can be prevented from
receiving and sending any BPDU packets. To disable the BPDU filter function,
please use no spanning-tree bpdufilter command.
Syntax
spanning-tree bpdufilter
no spanning-tree bpdufilter
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the BPDU filter function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#spanning-tree bpdufilter
spanning-tree bpduguard
Description
The spanning-tree bpduguard command is used to enable the BPDU protect
function for a port. With the BPDU protect function enabled, the port will set itself
automatically as ERROR-PORT when it receives BPDU packets, and the port
will disable the forwarding function for a while. To disable the BPDU protect
function, please use no spanning-tree bpduguard command.
Syntax
spanning-tree bpduguard
no spanning-tree bpduguard
228
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the BPDU protect function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#spanning-tree bpduguard
spanning-tree guard loop
Description
The spanning-tree guard loop command is used to enable the Loop Protect
function for a port. Loop Protect is to prevent the loops in the network brought by
recalculating STP because of link failures and network congestions. To disable
the Loop Protect function, please use no spanning-tree guard loop command.
Syntax
spanning-tree guard loop
no spanning-tree guard loop
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the Loop Protect function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#spanning-tree guard loop
spanning-tree guard root
Description
The spanning-tree guard root command is used to enable the Root Protect
function for a port. With the Root Protect function enabled, the root bridge will
set itself automatically as ERROR-PORT when receiving BPDU packets with
229
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
higher priority, in order to maintain the role of root bridge. To disable the Root
Protect function, please use no spanning-tree guard root command.
Syntax
spanning-tree guard root
no spanning-tree guard root
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the Root Protect function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#spanning-tree guard root
spanning-tree guard tc
Description
The spanning-tree guard tc command is used to enable the TC Protect of
Spanning Tree function for a port. To disable the TC Protect of Spanning Tree
function, please use no spanning-tree guard tc command. A switch removes
MAC address entries upon receiving TC-BPDUs. If a malicious user
continuously sends TC-BPDUs to a switch, the switch will be busy with
removing MAC address entries, which may decrease the performance and
stability of the network. With the Protect of Spanning Tree function enabled, you
can configure the number of TC-BPDUs in a required time, so as to avoid the
process of removing MAC addresses frequently.
Syntax
spanning-tree guard tc
no spanning-tree guard tc
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the TC Protect of Spanning Tree for Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/2:
230
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#spanning-tree guard tc
spanning-tree mcheck
Description
The spanning-tree mcheck command is used to enable MCheck.
Syntax
spanning-tree mcheck
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet /
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable MCheck for Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#spanning-tree mcheck
show spanning-tree active
Description
The show spanning-tree active command is used to display the active
information of spanning-tree.
Syntax
show spanning-tree active
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the active information of spanning-tree:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show spanning-tree active
231
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show spanning-tree bridge
Description
The show spanning-tree bridge command is used to display the bridge
parameters.
Syntax
show spanning-tree bridge [forward-time | hello-time | hold-count | max-age |
max-hops | mode | priority | state]
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the bridge parameters:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show spanning-tree bridge
show spanning-tree interface
Description
The show spanning-tree interface command is used to display the
spanning-tree information of all ports or a specified port.
Syntax
show spanning-tree interface [fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port] [edge | ext-cost | int-cost | mode | p2p | priority | role |
state | status]
Parameter
port —— The Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the spanning-tree information of all ports:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show spanning-tree interface
Display the spanning-tree information of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show spanning-tree interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
Display the spanning-tree mode information of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/2:
232
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show spanning-tree interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
mode
show spanning-tree interface-security
Description
The show spanning-tree interface-security command is used to display the
protect information of all ports or a specified port.
Syntax
show spanning-tree interface-security [fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet
port | ten-gigabitEthernet port] [bpdufilter | bpduguard | loop | root | tc |
tc-defend]
Parameter
port —— The Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the protect information of all ports:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show spanning-tree interface-security
Display the protect information of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show spanning-tree interface-security
gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
Display the interface security bpdufilter information:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show spanning-tree interface-security bpdufilter
show spanning-tree mst
Description
The show spanning-tree mst command is used to display the related
information of MST Instance.
233
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
show spanning-tree mst {configuration [digest] | instance instance-id
[interface [fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port | ten-gigabitEthernet
port] ] }
Parameter
instance-id —— Instance ID desired to show, ranging from 1 to 8.
port —— The Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the region information and mapping information of VLAN and MST
Instance:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show spanning-tree mst configuration
Display the related information of MST Instance 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show spanning-tree mst instance 1
Display all the ports information of MST Instance 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show spanning-tree mst instance 1 interface
234
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 30 IGMP Snooping Commands
IGMP Snooping (Internet Group Management Protocol Snooping) is a multicast control
mechanism running on Layer 2 switch. It can effectively prevent multicast groups being
broadcasted in the network.
ip igmp snooping(global)
Description
The ip igmp snooping command is used to configure IGMP Snooping globally.
To disable the IGMP Snooping function, please use no ip igmp snooping
command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping
no ip igmp snooping
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable IGMP Snooping function:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip igmp snooping
ip igmp snooping(interface)
Description
The ip igmp snooping command is used to enable the IGMP Snooping
function for the desired port. To disable the IGMP Snooping function, please use
no ip igmp snooping command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping
no ip igmp snooping
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
235
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Enable IGMP Snooping function of Gigabit Ethernet port 23:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/23
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#ip igmp snooping
ip igmp snooping immediate-leave
Description
The ip igmp snooping immediate-leave command is used to configure the
Fast Leave function for port. To disable the Fast Leave function, please use no
ip igmp snooping immediate-leave command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping immediate-leave
no ip igmp snooping immediate-leave
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the Fast Leave function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/3:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/3
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#ip igmp snooping immediate-leave
ip igmp snooping drop-unknown
Description
The ip igmp snooping drop-unknown command is used to process the
unknown multicast as “discard”. To disable the operation of processing the
unknown multicast as “discard”, please use no ip igmp snooping
drop-unknown command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping drop-unknown
no ip igmp snooping drop-unknown
236
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the operation of processing unknown multicast as “discard”:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip igmp snooping drop-unknown
ip igmp snooping vlan-config
Description
The ip igmp snooping vlan-config command is used to enable VLAN IGMP
Snooping function or to modify IGMP Snooping parameters, and to create static
multicast IP entry. To disable the VLAN IGMP Snooping function, please use no
ip igmp snooping vlan-config command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping vlan-config vlan-list [ rtime router-time |
mtime
member-time | ltime leave-time | rport interface { fastEthernet port |
gigabitEthernet port | ten-gigabitEthernet port } ]
ip igmp snooping vlan-config vlan-id static ip interface { fastEthernet port |
gigabitEthernet port | ten-gigabitEthernet port }
no ip igmp snooping vlan-config vlan-id list
no ip igmp snooping vlan-config vlan-id static ip
Parameter
vlan-list —— The ID list of the VLAN desired to modify configuration, ranging
from 1 to 4094, in the format of 1-3, 5.
router-time —— Router Port Time. Within this time, if the switch does not
receive IGMP query message from the router port, it will consider this port is not
a router port any more. Router Port Time ranges from 60 to 600 in seconds. By
default, it is 300 seconds.
member-time —— Member Port Time. Within this time, if the switch does not
receive IGMP report message from the member port, it will consider this port is
not a member port any more. Member Port Time ranges from 60 to 600 in
seconds. By default, it is 260 seconds.
leave-time —— Leave Time, which is the interval between the switch receiving
a leave message from a host and the switch removing the host from the
237
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
multicast groups. Leave Time ranges from 1 to 30 in seconds. By default, it is 1
seconds.
port —— Static Router Port, which is mainly used in the network with stable
topology.
vlan-id —— The VLAN ID of the multicast IP, ranging from 1 to 4094.
ip —— The static multicast IP address.
port-list —— The forward port list of the multicast group.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the IGMP Snooping function and modify Member Port Time as 200
seconds for VLAN1-3:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip igmp snooping vlan-config 1-3 mtime 200
ip igmp snooping max-groups
Description
The ip igmp snooping max-groups command is used to configure the
maximum number of groups that a port can join in. The ip igmp snooping
max-groups action is used to configure the action that the port takes when it
receives an IGMP report message and the maximum number of entries is in the
forwarding table. To remove the maximum group limitation and return to the
default of no limitation on the specified port, please use the no ip igmp
snooping max-groups command. To return to the default action of dropping
the report, please use the no ip igmp snooping max-groups action command.
These commands only apply to the dynamic multicast groups.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping max-groups [ maxgroup ]
ip igmp snooping max-groups action { drop | replace }
no ip igmp snooping max-groups
no ip igmp snooping max-groups action
Parameter
maxgroup —— Specify the maximum numbers of groups that the port can join.
It ranges from 0 to 1024 and the default value is 1024.
238
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
drop —— When the number of the dynamic multicast groups that a port joins
has exceeded the max-group, the port will not join any new multicast group.
replace —— When the number of the dynamic multicast groups that a port joins
has exceeded the max-group, the newly joined multicast group will replace an
existing multicast group with the lowest multicast group address.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Specify the maximum numbers of groups that ports 1/0/2-5 can join as 10, and
configure the throttling action as replace:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface range gigabitEthernet 1/0/2-5
T2700G-28TQ(config-if-range)#ip igmp snooping max-groups 10
T2700G-28TQ(config-if-range)#ip igmp snooping max-groups action
replace
ip igmp snooping multi-vlan-config
Description
The ip igmp snooping multi-vlan-config command is used to create and
configure a Multicast VLAN. To delete the corresponding Multicast VLAN,
please use no ip igmp snooping multi-vlan-config command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping multi-vlan-config [vlan-id] { rtime router-time | mtime
member-time | ltime leave-time | rport interface { fastEthernet port |
gigabitEthernet port | ten-gigabitEthernet port } }
no ip igmp snooping multi-vlan-config
Parameter
vlan-id —— The ID of the VLAN desired to modify configuration, ranging from 2
to 4094.
router-time —— Router Port Time. Within this time, if the switch does not
receive IGMP query message from the router port, it will consider this port is not
a router port any more. Router Port Time ranges from 60 to 600 in seconds. By
default, it is 300.
239
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
member-time —— Member Port Time. Within this time, if the switch does not
receive IGMP report message from the member port, it will consider this port is
not a member port any more. Member Port Time ranges from 60 to 600 in
seconds. By default, it is 260.
leave-time —— Leave Time, which is the interval between the switch receiving
a leave message from a host and the switch removing the host from the
multicast groups. Leave Time ranges from 1 to 30 in seconds. By default, it is 1.
port —— Static Router Port, which is mainly used in the network with stable
topology.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable Multicast VLAN 3, and configure Router Port Time as 100 seconds:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip igmp snooping multi-vlan-config 3 rtime 100
ip igmp snooping querier vlan
Description
The ip igmp snooping querier vlan command is used to enable the IGMP
Snooping Querier function of the VLAN(s). To disable the IGMP Snooping
Querier function of certain VLANs, please use no ip igmp snooping querier
vlan command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier vlan vlan-id
no ip igmp snooping querier vlan vlan-id
Parameter
vlan-id — VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the IGMP Snooping Querier function of VLAN1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip igmp snooping querier vlan 1
240
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
ip igmp snooping querier vlan (general query)
Description
The ip igmp snooping querier vlan command is used to configure the
parameters for IGMP Snooping Querier to send a general query frame. To
return to the default configuration, please use no ip igmp snooping querier
vlan command.
Syntax
ip
igmp
snooping
querier
vlan
vlan-id
{query-interval
interval
|
max-response-time response-time | general-query source-ip ip-addr }
no
ip
igmp
snooping
querier
vlan
vlan-id
{
query-interval
|
max-response-time | general-query source-ip }
Parameter
vlan-id —— VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
interval —— The time interval to send a general query frame by IGMP Snooping
Querier, ranging from 10 to 300 (Seconds). By default, it is 60 seconds.
response-time —— The maximal time for the host to respond to a general query
frame, ranging from 1 to 25 (Seconds). By default, it is 10 Seconds.
ip-addr —— The source IP of the general query frame sent by IGMP Snooping
Querier. It should not be a multicast IP or a broadcast IP. By default, it is
192.168.0.1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
For VLAN 2, specify its query-interval as 200 seconds, and the response-time
as 20 seconds:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip igmp snooping querier vlan 2 query-interval 200
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip igmp snooping querier vlan 2 max-response-time
20
ip igmp snooping querier vlan (specific query)
Description
The ip igmp snooping querier vlan command is used to configure the
parameters for IGMP Snooping Querier to send a specific query frame. To
241
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
return to the default configuration, please use no ip igmp snooping querier
vlan command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier vlan vlan-id {last-listener query-interval interval |
last-listener query-count count | special-query source-ip ip-addr }
no ip igmp snooping querier vlan vlan-id {last-listener query-interval |
last-listener query-count | special-query source-ip}
Parameter
vlan-id —— VLAN ID list, ranging from 1 to 4094.
interval—— The time interval of sending specific query frames by IGMP
Snooping Querier, ranging from 1 to 5 (Seconds). By default, it is 1. A specific
query will be sent on condition that “immediate-leave” is not enabled and a
leave frame is received.
count—— The times of sending specific query frames by IGMP Snooping
Querier, ranging from 1 to 5. By default, it is 2. The switch will still treat the port
as group member until the specific frames number sent by the querier reaches
“last-listener-query-count” and no report frame is received from the port.
ip-addr—— The source IP of the specific query frame sent by IGMP Snooping
Querier. It should not be a multicast IP or a broadcast IP. By default, it is
192.168.0.1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
For VLAN 2, specify its last-listener-query-interval as 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip igmp snooping querier vlan 2 last-listener
query-interval 2
show ip igmp snooping
Description
The show ip igmp snooping command is used to display the global
configuration of IGMP Snooping.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping
242
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global configuration of IGMP Snooping:
T2700G-28TQ#show ip igmp snooping
show ip igmp snooping interface
Description
The show ip igmp snooping interface command is used to display the port
configuration of IGMP.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port ] { basic-config | packet-stat | max-groups}
show ip igmp snooping interface [ fastEthernet port-list | gigabitEthernet
port-list | ten-gigabitEthernet port–list ] { basic-config | max-groups |
packet-stat }
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit Ethernet port number. By default, the configuration of
all ports is displayed.
basic-config | max-groups | packet-stat —— The related configuration
information selected to display.
port-list —— The list group of Ethernet ports.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the IGMP basic configuration of Gigabit Ethernet port 2:
T2700G-28TQ#show ip igmp snooping interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
basic-config
Display the IGMP basic configuration of Gigabit Ethernet ports 2-4:
T2700G-28TQ#show ip igmp snooping interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2-4
basic-config
243
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show ip igmp snooping vlan
Description
The show ip igmp snooping vlan command is used to display the VLAN
configuration of IGMP.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping vlan [ vlan-id ]
Parameter
vlan-id ——The VLAN ID selected to display.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the IGMP snooping configuration information of VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ#show ip igmp snooping vlan 2
show ip igmp snooping multi-vlan
Description
The show ip igmp snooping multi-vlan command is used to display the
Multicast VLAN configuration.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping multi-vlan
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the Multicast VLAN configuration:
T2700G-28TQ#show ip igmp snooping multi-vlan
show ip igmp snooping groups
Description
The show ip igmp snooping groups command is used to display the
information of all IGMP snooping groups. It can be extended to some other
244
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
commands to display the dynamic and static multicast information of a selected
VLAN.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping groups [vlan vlan-id] [count | dynamic | dynamic
count | static | static count]
Parameter
vlan-id ——The VLAN ID selected to display the information of all multicast
items.
count—— The numbers of all multicast groups.
dynamic—— Display dynamic multicast groups.
dynamic count—— The numbers of all dynamic multicast groups.
static—— Display static multicast groups.
static count—— The numbers of all static multicast groups.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of all IGMP snooping groups:
T2700G-28TQ#show ip igmp snooping groups
Display all the multicast entries in VLAN 5:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show ip igmp snooping groups vlan 5
Display the count of multicast entries in VLAN 5:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show ip igmp snooping groups vlan 5 count
show ip igmp snooping querier
Description
The show ip igmp snooping querier command is used to display the
configurations of IGMP Snooping Querier of the specified VLAN.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping querier [ vlan vlan-id ]
245
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
vlan-id —— Specify the ID of the VLAN to display the configurations of its IGMP
Snooping Querier. If not specified, the IGMP Snooping Querier configurations
of all VLANs will be displayed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configurations of IGMP Snooping Querier of VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip igmp snooping querier vlan 2
246
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 31 SNMP Commands
SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) functions are used to manage the network devices
for a smooth communication, which can facilitate the network administrators to monitor the
network nodes and implement the proper operation.
snmp-server
Description
The snmp-server command is used to enable the SNMP function. By default, it
is disabled. To return to the default configuration, please use no snmp-server
command.
Syntax
snmp-server
no snmp-server
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the SNMP function:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#snmp-server
snmp-server view
Description
The snmp-server view command is used to add View. To delete the
corresponding View, please use no snmp-server view command. The OID
(Object Identifier) of the SNMP packets is used to describe the managed objects
of the switch, and the MIB (Management Information Base) is the set of the
OIDs. The SNMP View is created for the SNMP management station to manage
MIB objects.
Syntax
snmp-server view name mib-oid {include | exclude}
no snmp-server view name mib-oid
247
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
name —— The entry name of View, ranging from 1 to 16 characters. Each View
can include several entries with the same name.
mib-oid —— MIB Object ID. It is the Object Identifier (OID) for the entry of View,
ranging from 1 to 61 characters.
include | exclude —— View Type, with “include” and “exclude” options. They
represent the view entry can/cannot be managed by the SNMP management
station individually.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add a View named view1, configuring the OID as 1.3.6.1.6.3.20, and this OID
can be managed by the SNMP management station:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#snmp-server view view1 1.3.6.1.6.3.20 include
snmp-server group
Description
The snmp-server group command is used to manage and configure the SNMP
group. To delete the corresponding SNMP group, please use no snmp-server
group command. SNMP v3 provides the VACM (View-based Access Control
Model) and USM (User-Based Security Model) mechanisms for authentication.
The users in the SNMP Group can manage the device via the Read View, Write
View and Notify View. And the authentication mode and the privacy mode
guarantee the high security for the communication between the management
station and the managed device.
Syntax
snmp-server group name [smode { v1 | v2c | v3 }] [slev { noAuthNoPriv |
authNoPriv | authPriv }] [read read-view] [write write-view] [notify notify-view]
no snmp-server group name smode { v1 | v2c | v3 } slev { noAuthNoPriv |
authNoPriv | authPriv }
Parameter
name ——The SNMP Group name, ranging from 1 to 16 characters. The Group
Name, Security Model and Security Level compose the identifier of the SNMP
Group. These three items of the Users in one group should be the same.
248
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
smode —— Security Model, with v1, v2c and v3 options. They represent SNMP
v1, SNMP v2c and SNMP v3.
slev —— The Security Level of SNMP v3 Group. There are three options,
including noAuthNoPriv (no authorization and no encryption), authNoPriv
(authorization and no encryption) and authPriv (authorization and encryption).
By default, the Security Level is noAuthNoPriv. There is no need to configure
this in SNMP v1 Model and SNMP v2c Model.
read —— Read-only view. The management access is restricted to read-only,
and changes cannot be made to the assigned SNMP View.
write —— Write-only view. The management access is writing only and changes
can be made to the assigned SNMP View. The View defined both as the Read
View and the Write View can be read and modified.
notify —— Notify view. The management station software can receive trap
messages of the assigned SNMP view generated by the Switch's SNMP agent.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Example
Add group 1, and configure the Security Model as SNMP v3, the security level
as authNoPriv, the management access to the assigned View viewDefault as
read-write, besides the trap messages sent by View viewDefault can be
received by Management station:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#snmp-server
group
group1
smode
v3
slev
authNoPriv read viewDefault write viewDefault notify viewDefault
Delete Group group 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#no snmp-server group group1 smode v3 slev
authNoPriv
snmp-server user
Description
The snmp-server user command is used to add User. To delete the
corresponding User, please use no snmp-server user command. The User in
249
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
an SNMP Group can manage the switch via the management station software.
The User and its Group have the same security level and access right.
Syntax
snmp-server user name { local | remote } group-name [smode { v1 | v2c | v3 }]
[slev { noAuthNoPriv | authNoPriv | authPriv }] [cmode { none | MD5 | SHA }]
[cpwd confirm-pwd] [emode { none | DES }] [epwd encrypt-pwd]
no snmp-server user name
Parameter
name —— User Name, ranging from 1 to 16 characters.
local | remote —— User Type, with local and remote options. Local indicates
that the user is connected to a local SNMP engine, while remote indicates that
the user is connected to a remote SNMP engine.
group-name —— The Group Name of the User. The User is classified to the
corresponding Group according to its Group Name, Security Model and Security
Level.
smode —— The Security Model of the User, with v1, v2c and v3 options. By
default, the option is v1. The Security Model of the User must be the same with
that of the Group which the User belongs to.
slev —— The Security Level of SNMP v3 Group. There are three options,
including noAuthNoPriv (no authorization and no encryption), authNoPriv
(authorization and no encryption) and authPriv (authorization and encryption).
By default, the option is noAuthNoPriv. The Security Level of the User must be
the same with that of the Group which the User belongs to.
cmode —— The Authentication Mode of the SNMP v3 User, with “none”, “MD5”
and “SHA” options. “None” indicates no authentication method is used, “MD5”
indicates the port authentication is performed via HMAC-MD5 algorithm and
“SHA” indicates the port authentication is performed via SHA (Secure Hash
Algorithm). SHA authentication mode has a higher security than MD5 mode. By
default, the Authentication Mode is “none”.
confirm-pwd —— Authentication Password, ranging from 1 to 16 characters.
The question marks and spaces are not allowed. This password in the
configuration file will be displayed in the symmetric encrypted form.
emode —— The Privacy Mode of the SNMP v3 User, with “none” and “DES”
options. “None” indicates no privacy method is used, and “DES” indicates DES
encryption method is used. By default, the Privacy Mode is none.
250
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
encrypt-pwd —— Privacy Password, ranging from 1 to 16 characters. The
question marks and spaces are not allowed. This password in the configuration
file will be displayed in the symmetric encrypted form.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add Local User admin to Group group2, and configure the Security Model of the
user as v3, the Security Level of the group as authPriv, the Authentication Mode
of the user as MD5, the Authentication Password as 11111, the Privacy Mode as
DES, and the Privacy Password as 22222:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#snmp-server user admin local group2 smode v3 slev
authPriv cmode MD5 cpwd 11111 emode DES epwd 22222
snmp-server community
Description
The snmp-server community command is used to add Community. To delete
the corresponding Community, please use no snmp-server community
command. SNMP v1 and SNMP v2c adopt community name authentication.
The community name can limit access to the SNMP agent from SNMP network
management station, functioning as a password.
Syntax
snmp-server community name { read-only | read-write } [ mib-view ]
no snmp-server community name
Parameter
name —— Community Name, ranging from 1 to 16 characters.
read-only | read-write —— The access rights of the community, with “read-only”
and “read-write” options.
mib-view —— The MIB View for the community to access. By default, it is
viewDefault.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add community public, and the community has read-write management right to
View viewDefault:
251
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)#snmp-server community public read-write
viewDefault
snmp-server host
Description
The snmp-server host command is used to add Notification. To delete the
corresponding Notification, please use no snmp-server host command. With
the Notification function enabled, the switch can initiatively report to the
management station about the important events that occur on the Views, which
allows the management station to monitor and process the events in time.
Syntax
snmp-server host ip udp-port user-name [ smode { v1 | v2c | v3 } ] [slev
{ noAuthNoPriv | authNoPriv | authPriv }] [type { trap | inform }] [retries retries ]
[timeout timeout ]
no snmp-server host ip user-name
Parameter
ip —— The IP address of the management Host.
udp-port —— UDP port, which is used to send notifications. The UDP port
functions with the IP address for the notification sending. By default, it is 162.
user-name —— The User name of the management station.
smode —— The Security Model of the management station, with v1, v2c and v3
options. By default, the option is v1.
slev —— The Security Level of SNMP v3 Group. There are three options,
including noAuthNoPriv (no authorization and no encryption), authNoPriv
(authorization and no encryption) and authPriv (authorization and encryption).
By default, the option is “noAuthNoPriv”.
type —— The type of the notifications, with trap and inform options. Trap
indicates traps are sent, while inform indicates informs are sent. The inform type
has a higher security than the trap type and resend and timeout need to be
configured if you select this option. You can only select the trap type in Security
Model v1. By default, the type of the notifications is “trap”.
retries —— The amount of times the switch retries an inform request, ranging
from 1 to 255. The switch will resend the inform request if it doesn’t get the
response from the management station during the Timeout interval, and it will
252
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
terminate resending the inform request if the resending times reach the
specified Retry times.
timeout —— The maximum time for the switch to wait for the response from the
management station before resending a request, ranging from 1 to 3600 in
seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add a Notification entry, and configure the IP address of the management Host
as 192.168.0.146, the UDP port as 162, the User name of the management
station as admin, the Security Model of the management station as v2c, the type
of the notifications as inform, the maximum time for the switch to wait as 1000
seconds, and the retries time as 100:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#snmp-server host 192.168.0.146 162 admin smode
v2c type inform retries 100 timeout 1000
snmp-server engineID
Description
The snmp-server engineID command is used to configure the local and remote
engineID of the switch. To restore to the default setting, please use no
snmp-server engineID command.
Syntax
snmp-server engineID { [local local-engineID] [remote remote-engineID] }
no snmp-server engineID
Parameter
local —— Local Engine ID for local clients. The Engine ID is a unique
alphanumeric string used to identify the SNMP engine on the switch. Its length
ranges from 10 to 64 hexadecimal characters, which must be even number
meanwhile.
remote —— Remote Engine ID for the switch. The Engine ID is a unique
alphanumeric string used to identify the SNMP engine on the remote device
which receives informs from the switch. Its length ranges from 10 to 64
hexadecimal characters, which must be even number meanwhile.
253
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the local engineID as 1234567890, and the remote engineID as
abcdef123456:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#snmp-server engineID local 1234567890 remote
abcdef123456
snmp-server traps snmp
Description
The snmp-server traps snmp command is used to enable SNMP standard
traps which include four types: linkup, linkdown, warmstart and coldstart. To
disable the sending of SNMP standard traps, please use no snmp-server traps
snmp command.
Syntax
snmp-server traps snmp [ linkup | linkdown | warmstart | coldstart ]
no snmp-server traps snmp [ linkup | linkdown | warmstart | coldstart ]
Parameter
linkup —— Enable linkup trap. It is sent when port status changes from
linkdown to linkup. By default, it is enabled.
linkdown ——Enable linkdown trap. It is sent when port status changes from
linkup to linkdown. By default, it is enabled.
warmstart —— Enable warmstart trap. It is sent upon SNMP function reboot. By
default, it is enabled.
coldstart —— Enable coldstart trap. It is sent upon switch reboot. By default, it is
enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable SNMP standard linkup trap for the switch:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# snmp-server traps snmp linkup
254
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
snmp-server traps link-status
Description
The snmp-server traps link-status command is used to enable SNMP link
status trap for the specified port. To disable the sending of SNMP link status trap,
please use no snmp-server traps link-status command.
Syntax
snmp-server traps link-status
no snmp-server traps link-status
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable SNMP link status trap for port 1/0/3:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/3
TL- SG3424P(config-if)# snmp-server traps link-status
snmp-server traps
Description
The snmp-server traps command is used to enable SNMP extended traps. To
disable the sending of SNMP extended traps, please use no snmp-server
traps command.
Syntax
snmp-server traps { bandwidth-control | cpu | flash | ipaddr-change | lldp |
loopback-detection | storm-control | spanning-tree | memory }
no snmp-server traps { bandwidth-control | cpu | flash | ipaddr-change | lldp |
loopback-detection | storm-control | spanning-tree | memory }
Parameter
bandwidth-control —— Enable bandwidth-control trap. It is sent when the rate
limit function is enabled and the bandwidth exceeds the predefined value.
cpu —— Allow CPU-related trap. It is sent when CPU usage exceeds the
predefined threshold. By default, the CPU usage threshold of the switch is 80%.
255
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
flash —— Enable flash trap. It is sent when flash is modified during operations
such as backup, reset, firmware upgrade, configuration import, etc.
ipaddr-change —— Enable ipaddr-change trap. It is sent when IP address is
changed such as user manually modifies the IP address or the switch obtains a
new IP address from DHCP.
lldp —— Enable lldp trap. It is sent when the port’s neighbor changes.
loopback-detection —— Enable loopback-detection trap. It is sent when the
switch detects loopback or loopback is cleared.
storm-control —— Enable storm-control trap. It is sent when the multicast or
broadcast rate exceeds the predefined value.
spanning-tree —— Enable spanning-tree trap. It is sent when the port forwarding
status changes or the port receives TCN packet or packet with TC flag.
memory —— Enable memory trap. It is sent when CPU usage exceeds 80%.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable SNMP extended bandwidth-control trap for the switch:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# snmp-server traps bandwidth-control
snmp-server traps mac
Description
The snmp-server traps mac command is used to enable SNMP extended
MAC
address-related
traps
which
include
four
types:
new,
full,
learn-mode-change and max-learned. To disable the sending of SNMP
extended MAC address related traps, please use no snmp-server traps mac
command.
Syntax
snmp-server traps mac [ new | full | learn-mode-change | max-learned ]
no snmp-server traps mac [ new | full | learn-mode-change | max-learned ]
Parameter
new —— Enable new MAC address trap. It is sent when the switch learns new
MAC address including dynamic address, static address and filter address.
full —— Enable MAC address table trap. It is sent when the MAC address table
is full.
256
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
learn-mode-change —— Enable MAC address learn-mode-change trap. It is
sent when MAC address learning mode of the switch changes.
max-learned —— Enable MAC address max-learned trap. It is sent when the
amount of learned MAC address reaches the limit which is configured in port
security module.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable all SNMP extended MAC address-related traps for the switch:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# snmp-server traps mac
Enable new MAC address trap only for the switch:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# snmp-server traps mac new
snmp-server traps vlan
Description
The snmp-server traps vlan command is used to enable SNMP extended
VLAN-related traps which include two types: create and delete. To disable this
function, please use no snmp-server traps vlan command.
Syntax
snmp-server traps vlan [ create | delete ]
no snmp-server traps vlan [create | delete ]
Parameter
create —— Enable VLAN-created trap. It is sent when new VLAN is created
successfully.
delete —— Enable VLAN-deleted traps. It is sent when VLAN is deleted
successfully.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable all SNMP extended VLAN-related traps for the switch:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# snmp-server traps vlan
Enable VLAN-created trap only for the switch:
257
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)# snmp-server traps vlan create
rmon history
Description
The rmon history command is used to configure the history sample entry. To
return to the default configuration, please use no rmon history command.
RMON (Remote Monitoring), basing on SNMP architecture, functions to monitor
the network. History Group is one of the commonly used RMON Groups. After a
history group is configured, the switch collects network statistics information
periodically, based on which the management station can monitor network
effectively.
Syntax
rmon history index interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port } [ interval seconds ] [ owner owner-name ]
no rmon history index
Parameter
index —— The index number of the entry, ranging from 1 to 12, in the format of
1-3,5.
port —— The Fast/Gigabit/Ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number.
seconds —— The interval to take samplings from the port, ranging from 10 to
3600 in seconds. By default, it is 1800.
owner-name —— The owner of the history sample entry, ranging from 1 to 16
characters. By default, it is “monitor”.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the sample port as 1/0/2 and the sample interval as 100 seconds for
the entry 1-3:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#rmon history 1-3 interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
interval 100 owner owner1
258
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
rmon event
Description
The rmon event command is used to configure the entries of SNMP-RMON
Event. To return to the default configuration, please use no rmon event
command. Event Group, as one of the commonly used RMON Groups, is used
to define RMON events. Alarms occur when an event is detected.
Syntax
rmon event index { [ user user-name ] [ description descript ] [ type {none |
log | notify | log-notify } ] [owner owner-name] }
no rmon event index
Parameter
index —— The index number of the event entry, ranging from 1 to 12. You can
only select one entry for each command.
user-name —— The name of the User to which the event belongs, ranging from
1 to 16 characters. By default, it is “public”.
descript —— The description of the event, ranging from 1 to 16 characters. By
default, it is empty.
type —— The event type, with “none”, “log”, “notify” and “both” options. “None”
indicates no processing, “log” indicates logging the event, “notify” indicates
sending trap messages to the management station, and “both” indicates logging
the event and sending trap messages to the management station.
owner-name —— The owner of the event entry, ranging from 1 to 16 characters.
By default, it is “monitor”.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the user name of entry 1, 2, 3 and 4 as user1, the description of the
event as “description1”, the type of event as log and the owner of the event as
“owner1”:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#rmon event 1-4 user user1 description description1
type log owner owner1
259
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
rmon alarm
Description
The rmon alarm command is used to configure SNMP-RMON Alarm
Management. To return to the default configuration, please use no rmon alarm
command. Alarm Group is one of the commonly used RMON Groups. RMON
alarm management allows monitoring the specific alarm variables. When the
value of a monitored variable exceeds the threshold, an alarm event is
generated, which triggers the switch to act in the set way.
Syntax
rmon alarm index { stats-index sindex } [ alarm-variable { revbyte | revpkt |
bpkt | mpkt | crc-lign | undersize | oversize | jabber | collision | 64 | 65-127 |
128-511 | 512-1023 | 1024-10240 }] [ s-type { absolute | delta} ]
[ rising-threshold r-hold ] [ rising-event-index r-event] [ falling-threshold
f-hold] [ falling-event-index f-event] [ a-type {rise | fall | all} ] [ owner
owner-name ] [ interval interval]
no rmon alarm index
Parameter
index —— The index number of the Alarm Management entry, ranging from 1 to
12, in the format of 1-3,5.
sindex —— Specify the statistics index.
alarm-variable —— The alarm variable. By default, the option is revbyte.
s-type —— Sample Type, which is the sampling method for the selected
variable and comparing the value against the thresholds. There are two options,
absolute and delta. Absolute indicates comparing the values directly with the
thresholds at the end of the sampling interval. Delta indicates subtracting the
last sampled value from the current value, and then comparing the difference in
the values with the threshold. By default, the Sample Type is absolute.
r-hold —— The rising counter value that triggers the Rising Threshold alarm,
ranging from 1 to 2147483647. By default, it is 100.
r-event —— Rise Event, which is the index of the corresponding event which will
be triggered if the sampled value is larger than the Rising Threshold. It ranges
from 1 to 12.
f-hold —— The falling counter value that triggers the Falling Threshold alarm,
ranging from 1 to 2147483647. By default, it is 100.
260
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
f-event —— Fall Event, which is the index of the corresponding event which will
be triggered if the sampled value is lower than the Falling Threshold. It ranges
from 1 to 12.
a-type —— Alarm Type, with rise, fall and all options. Rise indicates that the
alarm event will be triggered when the sampled value exceeds the Rising
Threshold, fall indicates that the alarm event will be triggered when the sampled
value is under the Falling Threshold, and all indicates that the alarm event will be
triggered either the sampled value exceeds the Rising Threshold or is under the
Falling Threshold. By default, the Alarm Type is all.
owner-name —— The owner of the entry, ranging from 1 to 16 characters. By
default, it is monitor.
interval —— The alarm interval time, ranging from 10 to 3600 in seconds. By
default, it is 1800.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure rmon alarm entries 1-3 binding with statistics entry 2, the owners as
owner1 and the alarm intervals as 100 seconds:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#rmon alarm 1-3 stats-index 2 owner owner1 interval
100
rmon statistics
Description
The rmon statistics command is used to configure the entries of SNMP-RMON
statistics. To delete the corresponding entry, please use no rmon statistics
command. The maximum supported entries are 1000.
Syntax
rmon statistics index interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port }
[ owner owner-name] [ status { underCreation |
valid }]
no rmon statistics index
Parameter
index —— The index number of the statistics entry, ranging from 1 to 65535, in
the format of 1-3,5.
261
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
port —— The statistics port number, in the format of 1/0/1.
owner-name —— The creator of the event entry, ranging from 1 to 16
characters. By default, it is “monitor”.
status —— The status of the statistics entry, either “underCreation” or “valid”.
“underCreation” means this entry won’t take effect until it is modified to “valid”;
“valid” means this entry takes effect immediately after it is created.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the statistics entries 1-3 with the statistics port as 1/0/1, owner as
owner1 and status as valid:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#rmon statistics 1-3 interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
owner owner1 status valid
show snmp-server
Description
The show snmp-server command is used to display SNMP configuration
globally.
Syntax
show snmp-server
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display SNMP configuration globally:
T2700G-28TQ#show snmp-server
show snmp-server view
Description
The show snmp-server view command is used to display the View table.
Syntax
show snmp-server view
262
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the View table:
T2700G-28TQ#show snmp-server view
show snmp-server group
Description
The show snmp-server group command is used to display the Group table.
Syntax
show snmp-server group
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the Group table:
T2700G-28TQ#show snmp-server group
show snmp-server user
Description
The show snmp-server user command is used to display the User table.
Syntax
show snmp-server user
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the User table:
T2700G-28TQ#show snmp-server user
263
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show snmp-server community
Description
The show snmp-server community command is used to display the
Community table.
Syntax
show snmp-server community
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the Community table:
T2700G-28TQ#show snmp-server community
show snmp-server host
Description
The show snmp-server host command is used to display the Host table.
Syntax
show snmp-server host
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the Host table:
T2700G-28TQ#show snmp-server host
show snmp-server engineID
Description
The show snmp-server engineID command is used to display the engineID of
the SNMP.
Syntax
show snmp-server engineID
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
264
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Display the engineID:
T2700G-28TQ#show snmp-server engineID
show rmon history
Description
The show rmon history command is used to display the configuration of the
history sample entry.
Syntax
show rmon history [index]
Parameter
index —— The index number of the entry selected to display the configuration,
ranging from 1 to 12, in the format of 1-3, 5. You can select more than one entry
for each command. By default, the configuration of all history sample entries is
displayed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of all history sample entries:
T2700G-28TQ#show rmon history
show rmon event
Description
The show rmon event command is used to display the configuration of
SNMP-RMON Event.
Syntax
show rmon event [index]
Parameter
index —— The index number of the entry selected to display the configuration,
ranging from 1 to 12, in the format of 1-3, 5. You can select more than one entry
for each command. By default, the configuration of all SNMP-RMON enabled
entries is displayed.
265
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the Event configuration of entry1-4:
T2700G-28TQ#show rmon event 1-4
show rmon alarm
Description
The show rmon alarm command is used to display the configuration of the
Alarm Management entry.
Syntax
show rmon alarm [index]
Parameter
index —— The index number of the entry selected to display the configuration,
ranging from 1 to 12, in the format of 1-3, 5. You can select more than one entry
for each command. By default, the configuration of all Alarm Management
entries is displayed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of the Alarm Management entry 1-2:
T2700G-28TQ#show rmon alarm 1-2
show rmon statistics
Description
The show rmon statistics command is used to display the configuration of the
specified statistics entry.
Syntax
show rmon statistics [ index ]
266
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
index —— The index number of the statistics entry selected to display the
configuration, ranging from 1 to 65535. By default, the configuration of all
statistics entries is displayed.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of the statistics entry 1:
T2700G-28TQ#show rmon statistics 1
267
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 32 LLDP Commands
LLDP function enables network devices to advertise their own device information periodically to
neighbors on the same LAN. The information of the LLDP devices in the LAN can be stored by its
neighbor in a standard MIB, so it is possible for the information to be accessed by a Network
Management System (NMS) using SNMP.
lldp
Description
The lldp command is used to enable LLDP function. To disable the LLDP
function, please use no lldp command.
Syntax
lldp
no lldp
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable LLDP function globally:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#lldp
lldp hold-multiplier
Description
The lldp hold-multiplier command is used to configure the Hold Multiplier
parameter. The aging time of the local information in the neighbor device is
determined by the actual TTL value used in the sending LLDPDU. TTL = Hold
Multiplier * Transmit Interval. To return to the default configuration, please use
no lldp hold-multiplier command.
Syntax
lldp hold-multiplier multiplier
no lldp hold-multiplier
268
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
multiplier —— Configure the Hold Multiplier parameter. It ranges from 2 to 10.
By default, it is 4.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify Hold Multiplier as 5:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#lldp hold-multiplier 5
lldp timer
Description
The lldp timer command is used to configure the parameters about
transmission. To return to the default configuration, please use no lldp timer
command.
Syntax
lldp timer { tx-interval tx-interval | tx-delay tx-delay | reinit-delay reinit-delay |
notify-interval notify-interval | fast-count fast-count }
no lldp timer { tx-interval | tx-delay | reinit-delay | notify-interval | fast-count }
Parameter
tx-interval —— Configure the interval for the local device to transmit LLDPDU to
its neighbors. The value ranges from 5 to 32768 and the default value is 30
seconds.
tx-delay —— Configure a value from 1 to 8192 in seconds to specify the time for
the local device to transmit LLDPDU to its neighbors after changes occur so as
to prevent LLDPDU being sent frequently. By default, it is 2 seconds.
reinit-delay —— This parameter indicates the amount of delay from when LLDP
status becomes "disable" until re-initialization will be attempted. The value
ranges from 1 to 10 and the default value is 3.
notify-interval —— Specify the interval of Trap message which will be sent from
local device to network management system. The value ranges from 5 to 3600
and the default value is 5 seconds.
fast-count —— When the port's LLDP state transforms from Disable (or
Rx_Only) to Tx&Rx (or Tx_Only), the fast start mechanism will be enabled, that
is, the transmit interval will be shorten to a second, and several LLDPDUs will
269
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
be sent out (the number of LLDPDUs equals this parameter). The value ranges
from 1 to 10 and the default value is 3.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the Transmit Interval of LLDPDU as 45 seconds and Trap message to
NMS as 120 seconds:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#lldp timer tx-interval 45
T2700G-28TQ(config)#lldp timer notify-interval 120
lldp receive
Description
The lldp receive command is used to enable the designated port to receive
LLDPDU. To disable the function, please use no lldp receive command.
Syntax
lldp receive
no lldp receive
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/1 to receive LLDPDU:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#lldp receive
lldp transmit
Description
The lldp transmit command is used to enable the designated port to transmit
LLDPDU. To disable the function, please use no lldp transmit command.
Syntax
lldp transmit
270
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
no lldp transmit
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/1 to transmit LLDPDU:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#lldp transmit
lldp snmp-trap
Description
The lldp snmp-trap command is used to enable the port’s SNMP notification. If
enabled, the port will notify the trap event to network management system. To
disable the ports' SNMP notification, please use no lldp snmp-trap command.
Syntax
lldp snmp-trap
no lldp snmp-trap
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the SNMP notification for Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#lldp snmp-trap
lldp tlv-select
Description
The lldp tlv-select command is used to configure TLVs to be included in
outgoing LLDPDU. To exclude TLVs, please use no lldp tlv-select command.
By default, All TLVs are included in outgoing LLDPDU.
271
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
lldp tlv-select { [ port-description ] [ system-capability ] [ system-description ]
[ system-name ] [ management-address ] [ port-vlan ] [ protocol-vlan ]
[ vlan-name ] [ link-aggregation ] [ mac-phy-cfg ] [ max-frame-size ] [ power ]
[ all ] }
no lldp tlv-select { [ port-description ] [ system-capability ] [ system-description ]
[ system-name ] [ management-address ] [ port-vlan ] [ protocol-vlan ]
[ vlan-name ] [ link-aggregation ] [ mac-phy-cfg ] [ max-frame-size ] [ power ]
[ all ] }
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Exclude “management-address” and “port-vlan-id” TLVs in LLDPDU outgoing
from Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# no lldp tlv-select management-address port-vlan
lldp med-fast-count
Description
The lldp med-fast-count command is used to configure the number of the
LLDP-MED frames that will be sent out. When LLDP-MED fast start mechanism
is activated, multiple LLDP-MED frames will be transmitted based on this
parameter. The default value is 4. To return to the default configuration, please
use no lldp med-fast-count command.
Syntax
lldp med-fast-count count
no lldp med-fast-count
Parameter
count —— Configure the Fast Start Count parameter. It ranges from 1 to 10. By
default, it is 4.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
272
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Specify Fast Start Count as 5:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# lldp med-fast-count 5
lldp med-status
Description
The lldp med-status command is used to enable the LLDP-MED feature for the
corresponding port. After the LLDP-MED feature is enabled, the port's Admin
Status will be changed to Tx&Rx. To disable the LLDP-MED feature for the
corresponding port, please use no lldp med-status command.
Syntax
lldp med-status
no lldp med-status
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Enable the LLDP-MED feature for port 1/0/2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# lldp med-status
lldp med-tlv-select
Description
The lldp med-tlv-select command is used to configure LLDP-MED TLVs to be
included in outgoing LLDPDU for the corresponding port. To exclude
LLDP-MED TLVs, please use no lldp med-tlv-select command. By default, All
TLVs are included in outgoing LLDPDU.
Syntax
lldp
med-tlv-select
{
[inventory-management]
[location]
[network-policy]
[power-management] [all] }
no lldp med-tlv-select { [inventory-management] [location] [network-policy]
[power-management] [all] }
273
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Exclude “network policy” and “inventory” TLVs in LLDPDU outgoing from port
1/0/2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# no lldp med-tlv-select network-policy inventorymanagement
lldp med-location
Description
The lldp med-location command is used to configure the Location Identification
TLV's content in outgoing LLDPDU of the port.
Syntax
lldp med-location { emergency-number identifier | civic-address [ [ language
language ] [ province-state province-state ] [ county county] [city city ] [ street
street ] [ house-number house-number ] [name name ] [ postal-zipcode
postal-zipcode ] [ room-number room-number ] [ post-office-box post-office-box ]
[ additional additional ] [ country-code country-code ] [ what { dhcp-server |
endpoint | switch } ] ] }
Parameter
emergency-number —— Emergency Call Service ELIN identifier, which is used
during emergency call setup to a traditional CAMA or ISDN trunk-based PSAP.
The length of this field ranges from 10 to 25 characters.
civic-address —— The civic address is defined to reuse the relevant sub-fields
of the DHCP option for civic Address based Location Configuration Information
as specified by IETF.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
274
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Configure the civic address in the Location Identification TLV's content in
outgoing LLDPDU of port 1/0/2. Configure the language as English and city as
London:
T2700-28TQ (config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700-28TQ(config-if)# lldp med-location civic-address language English
city London
show lldp
Description
The show lldp command is used to display the global configuration of LLDP.
Syntax
show lldp
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global configuration of LLDP:
T2700G-28TQ#show lldp
show lldp interface
Description
The show lldp interface command is used to display LLDP configuration of the
corresponding port. By default, the LLDP configuration of all the ports will be
displayed.
Syntax
show lldp interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port
ten-gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit/Ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number.
275
|
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the LLDP configuration of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/1:
T2700G-28TQ#show lldp interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
show lldp local-information interface
Description
The show lldp local-information interface command is used to display the
LLDP information of the corresponding port. By default, the LLDP information of
all the ports will be displayed.
Syntax
show lldp local-information interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet
port | ten-gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit/Ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the LLDP information of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/1:
T2700G-28TQ#show lldp local-information interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
show lldp neighbor-information interface
Description
The show lldp neighbor-information interface command is used to display
the neighbor information of the corresponding port. By default, the neighbor
information of all the ports will be displayed.
Syntax
show
lldp
neighbor-information
interface
gigabitEthernet port | ten-gigabitEthernet port ]
276
[
fastEthernet
port
|
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit/Ten-gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the neighbor information of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/1:
T2700G-28TQ#show lldp neighbor-information interface gigabitEthernet
1/0/1
show lldp traffic interface
Description
The show lldp traffic interface command is used to display the LLDP statistic
information between the local device and neighbor device of the corresponding
port. By default, the LLDP statistic information of all the ports will be displayed.
Syntax
show lldp traffic interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port
ten-gigabitEthernet port ]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit/Ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the LLDP statistic information of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/1:
T2700G-28TQ#show lldp traffic interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
277
|
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 33 Cluster Commands
Cluster Management function enables a network administrator to manage the scattered devices in
the network via a management device. After a commander switch is configured, management and
maintenance operations intended for the member devices in a cluster is implemented by the
commander device.
cluster ndp
Description
The cluster ndp command is used to configure NDP globally. To diable the
cluster NDP function, please use no cluster ndp command. NDP (Neighbor
Discovery Protocol) is used to discover the information of the directly connected
neighbor devices to support cluster establishing. An NDP-enabled device sends
NDP packets regularly to neighbor devices as well as receives NDP packets
from neighbor devices. An NDP packet carries the aging time, which indicates
the period of the receiving devices to keep the NDP packet.
Syntax
cluster ndp
cluster ndp timer { [hello hello-time ] [aging aging-time] }
no cluster ndp
no cluster ndp timer { [hello hello-time ] [aging aging-time] }
Parameter
hello-time —— Hello Time, which is the interval to send NDP packets. Hello
Time ranges from 5 to 254 in seconds. By default, it is 60. Hello Time should be
smaller than Aging Time.
aging-time —— Aging Time, which is the period for the neighbor switch to keep
the NDP packets from this switch. Aging Time ranges from 5 to 255 in seconds.
By default, it is 180.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable NDP function globally, and configure Aging Time as 120 seconds, Hello
Time as 50 seconds:
278
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)#cluster ndp
T2700G-28TQ(config)#cluster ndp timer hello 50 aging 120
cluster ntdp
Description
The cluster ntdp command is used to configure NTDP globally. To disable the
cluster NTDP function, please use no cluster ntdp command. NTDP (Neighbor
Topology Discovery Protocol) is used to collect the NDP information and
neighboring connection information of each device in a specific network range. It
provides the commander switch with the information of devices which can join
the cluster and collects topology information of devices within the specified hops.
Syntax
cluster ntdp
cluster ntdp timer { [interval-time time] [hop-delay value] [port-delay value] }
cluster ntdp hop hop-value
no cluster ntdp
no cluster ntdp timer { [interval-time time] [hop-delay value] [port-delay
value] }
no cluster ntdp hop hop-value
Parameter
time —— NTDP Interval Time, which is the interval to collect topology information.
NTDP Interval Time ranges from 1 to 60 in minutes. By default, it is 1.
hop-delay value —— NTDP Hop Delay, which is the time between the switch
receiving NTDP request packets and the switch forwarding NTDP request
packets for the first time. NTDP Hop Delay ranges from 1 to 1000 in
milliseconds. By default, it is 200.
port-delay value —— NTDP Port Delay, which is the time between the port
forwarding NTDP request packets and its adjacent port forwarding NTDP
request packets over. NTDP Port Delay ranges from 1 to 100 in milliseconds. By
default, it is 20.
hop-value —— NTDP Hops, which is the hop count the switch topology collects.
NTDP Hops ranges from 1 to 16. By default, it is 3.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
279
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Enable NTDP function globally, and specify NTDP Hops as 5, NTDP Interval
Time as 30 minutes:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#cluster ntdp
T2700G-28TQ(config)#cluster ntdp timer interval-timer 30
T2700G-28TQ(config)#cluster ntdp hop 5
cluster explore
Description
The cluster explore command is used to collect the topology information
manually.
Syntax
cluster explore
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Collect the topology information manually:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#cluster explore
cluster
Description
The cluster command is used to configure cluster functions of a specified port.
Syntax
cluster [ndp { disable | enable }] [ntdp { disable | enable }]
Parameter
ndp —— Enable/ Disable NDP function for the port. By default, it is enabled.
ntdp —— Enable/ Disable NTDP function for the port. By default, it is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
280
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Enable NDP and NTDP function for Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/5:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/5
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#cluster ndp enable ntdp enable
cluster ip pool
Description
The cluster ip pool command is used to create a new cluster. If no specified
cluster name is set through cluster commander command, the newly created
cluster will be named the system default name “tplink-cluster”.
Syntax
cluster ip pool ip mask
Parameter
ip —— The cluster IP address pool.
mask —— The cluster IP address mask.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create a cluster and configure its IP address pool as 192.168.10.1192.168.0.254:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#cluster ip pool 192.168.10.1 255.255.255.0
cluster commander
Description
The cluster commander command is used to specify the cluster name, and
you can only specify the cluster name before you create the cluster.
Syntax
cluster commander name
Parameter
name —— The cluster name, ranging from 1 to 16 characters.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
281
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Configure the newly created cluster name as tp:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#cluster commander tp
cluster manage
Description
The cluster manage command is used to configure the hold time and interval to
send handshake packets of the cluster. To return to the default configuration,
please use no cluster manage command.
Syntax
cluster manage [ holdtime hold-time | timer interval-time ]
no cluster manage [ holdtime | timer ]
Parameter
hold-time —— Hold Time, which is the time for the switch to keep the cluster
information. Hold Time ranges from 1 to 255 in seconds. It is 20 by default.
interval-time —— Interval Time, which is the interval to send handshake packets.
Interval Time ranges from 1 to 255 in seconds. It is 20 by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the Hold Time and Interval Time of the cluster as 50 seconds:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#cluster manage holdtime 50
T2700G-28TQ(config)#cluster manage timer 50
cluster member
Description
The cluster member command is used to add member switch. To delete the
corresponding member, please use no cluster member command. The
add/delete operations of member switches should be implemented by the
commander switch according to the MAC address.
Syntax
cluster member {mac-address mac-address}
282
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
no cluster member {mac-address mac-address}
Parameter
mac-address —— The MAC address of the member switch desired to join in or
to be deleted from the cluster.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add the switch whose MAC address is 0e:3f:4g:5e:6d:7b to the cluster:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#cluster member mac address 0e:3f:4g:5e:6d:7b
cluster candidate
Description
The cluster candidate command is used to specify the current switch as
candidate switch. This command is invalid for the member switch in the cluster.
Syntax
cluster candidate
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the current switch as candidate switch:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#cluster candidate
cluster individual
Description
The cluster individual command is used to specify the current switch as
individual switch.
Syntax
cluster individual
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the current switch as individual switch:
283
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)#cluster individual
cluster management-vlan
Description
The cluster management-vlan command is used to specify the VLAN to
manage the clusters.
Syntax
cluster management-vlan vlan-id
Parameter
vlan-id —— Specify the cluster-management VLAN ID.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify VLAN 2 as the VLAN to manage the clusters:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#cluster management-vlan 2
clear ndp statistics
Description
The clear ndp statistics command is used to clear statistics about NDP
messages on the specified port(s).
Syntax
clear ndp statistics [ interface { fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port } ]
Parameter
port —— Specify the Ethernet port number. The NDP statistics of all ports will be
cleared if the port number is not specified here.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Clear the statistics of the NDP messages on all the ports of the switch:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#clear ndp statistics
284
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show cluster ndp
Description
The show cluster ndp command is used to display the NDP information.
Syntax
show cluster ndp [ interface [ fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port ] ]
Parameter
port —— Specify the Ethernet port number. The NDP information of all ports will
be displayed if the port number is not specified here.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global NDP information of the switch:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show cluster ndp
Display the NDP information of all the ports of the switch:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show cluster ndp interface
show cluster neighbor
Description
The show cluster neighbor command is used to display the cluster’s neighbor
information.
Syntax
show cluster neighbor
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the cluster’s neighbor information:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show cluster neighbor
285
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show cluster ntdp
Description
The show cluster ntdp command is used to display NTDP configuration
information.
Syntax
show cluster ntdp [ interface [fastEthernet port | gigabitEthernet port |
ten-gigabitEthernet port ] | device-list { detail | summary } ]
Parameter
port —— The Fast/Gigabit/Ten-Gigabit Ethernet port number. By default, the
configuration of all Fast / Gigabit/Ten-Gigabit Ethernet ports is displayed.
device-list —— To display the device table of NTDP.
detail —— The detailed information of the device-list.
summary —— The device-list information in summary.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global information of NTDP:
T2700G-28TQ#show cluster ntdp
Display the NTDP configuration of Gigabit Ethernet port 1/0/2:
T2700G-28TQ#show cluster ntdp interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
Display the device table of NTDP in summary:
T2700G-28TQ#show cluster ntdp device-list summary
show cluster
Description
When the current switch is Commander Switch, the show cluster command is
used to display the global configuration of Cluster.
Syntax
show cluster
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
286
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Display the global configuration of Cluster:
T2700G-28TQ#show cluster
show cluster member
Description
The show cluster member command is used to display the member
information.
Syntax
show cluster member
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the member information:
T2700G-28TQ#show cluster member
287
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 34 Static Routes Commands
interface vlan
Description
This interface vlan command is used to create the VLAN interface. To delete
the specified VLAN interface, please use the no interface vlan command.
Syntax
interface vlan { vid }
no interface vlan { vid }
Parameter
vid —— The ID of the VLAN.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create the VLAN interface 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
interface loopback
Description
This interface loopback command is used to create the loopback interface. To
delete the specified loopback interface, please use the no interface loopback
command.
Syntax
interface loopback { id }
no interface loopback { id }
Parameter
id —— The ID of the loopback interface, ranging from 1 to 2147483647.
288
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create the loopback interface 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface loopback 1
switchport
Description
This switchport command is used to switch the Layer 3 interface into the Layer
2 port. To switch the Layer 2 port into the Layer 3 routed port, please use the no
switchport command.
Syntax
switchport
no switchport
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface fastEthernet / interface range
fastEthernet / interface gigabitEthernet / interface range gigabitEthernet/
interface ten-gigabitEthernet / interface range ten-gigabitEthernet)
Example
Switch the gigabitEthernet port 1/0/9 into the routed port:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/9
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# no switchport
shutdown
Description
This switchport command is used to shut down the specified interface. The
interface type include: routed port, loopback interface and VLAN interface. To
enable the specified interface, please use the no shutdown command.
Syntax
shutdown
no shutdown
289
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Shut down the routed port 1/0/9 :
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/9
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# no switchport
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# shutdown
description
Description
This description command is used to add a description to the Layer 3 interface,
including routed port, loopback interface and VLAN interface. To clear the
description of the corresponding interface, please use the no description
command.
Syntax
description string
no description
Parameter
string —— Content of an interface description, ranging from 1 to 32 characters.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Add a description system-if to the routed port 1/0/9 :
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/9
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# no switchport
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# description system-if
ip route
Description
This ip route command is configure the static route. To clear the corresponding
entry, please use the no ip route command.
290
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
ip route { dest-address } { mask } { next-hop-address } [ distance { distance } ]
no ip route { dest-address } { mask } { next-hop-address }
Parameter
dest-address —— The destination IP address.
mask —— The subnet mask.
next-hop-address —— The address of the next-hop.
distance —— The distance metric of this route. The smaller the distance is,
the higher the priority is.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create a static route with the destination IP address as 192.168.2.0, the subnet
mask as 255.255.255.0 and the next-hop address as 192.168.0.2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip route 192.168.2.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.0.2
ip routing
Description
This ip routing command is used to enable the Lay 3 routing function. To
disable this function, please use the no ip routing command.
Syntax
ip routing
no ip routing
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Disable the Layer 3 ip routing function :
T2700G-28TQ(config)# no ip routing
291
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show interface loopback
Description
The show interface loopback command is used to display the information of
the specified loopback interface.
Syntax
show interface loopback number
Parameter
number —— The loopback interface number, ranging from 1 to 2147483647.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of the loopback interface 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show interface loopback 1
show interface vlan
Description
The show interface vlan command is used to display the information or a
specified interface VLAN.
Syntax
show interface vlan vid
Parameter
vid —— The VLAN ID.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#show interface vlan 2
292
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show ip interface
Description
This show ip interface command is used to display the detailed information of
the specified Layer 3 interface.
Syntax
show ip interface { { fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet | ten-gigabitEthernet } port |
loopback id | vlan vlan-id }
Parameter
fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet | ten-gigabitEthernet —— The port type of the
interface.
port —— The port number.
id —— The loopback interface ID.
vlan-id —— The VLAN interface ID.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the detailed information of the VLAN interface 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip interface vlan 2
show ip interface brief
Description
This show ip interface brief command is used to display the summary
information of the Layer 3 interfaces.
Syntax
show ip interface brief
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the summary information of the Layer 3 interfaces:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip interface brief
293
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show ip route
Description
This show ip route command is used to display the route entries of the
specified type.
Syntax
show ip route { static | connected | rip | ospf }
Parameter
static | connected | rip | ospf —— Specify the route type.
static: The static routes.
connected: The connected routes.
rip: The routes generated from the RIP protocol.
ospf: The routes generated from the OSPF protocol.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the static routes:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip route static
show ip route specify
Description
This show ip route specify command is used to display the invalid routing
information to the specified IP address or network segments.
Syntax
show ip route specify { ip } [ mask ] [ longer-prefix ]
Parameter
ip —— Specify the destination IP address.
mask —— Specify the destination IP address together with the parameter ip.
longer-mask —— Specify the destination subnets that match the network
segment determined by the ip and mask parameters.
294
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the shortest route to 192.168.0.100:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip route specify 192.168.0.100
Look up the route entry with the destination as 192.168.0.0/24:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip route specify 192.168.0.0 255.255.255.0
Display the routes to all the subnets that belongs to 192.168.0.0/16:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip route specify 192.168.0.0 255.255.0.0
longer-prefix
show ip route summary
Description
This show ip route summary command is used to display the summary
information of the route entries classified by their sources.
Syntax
show ip route summary
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the summary information of route entries:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip route summary
295
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 35 DHCP Server
DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a network configuration protocol for hosts on
TCP/IP networks, and it provides a framework for distributing configuration information to hosts.
DHCP server assigns IP addresses from specified address pools on a switch or router to DHCP
clients and manages them.
service dhcp
Description
The service dhcp command is used to enable DHCP service globally, including
DHCP Server and DHCP Relay function. To disable DHCP service, please use
no service dhcp command.
Syntax
service dhcp
no service dhcp
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable DHCP service globally:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# service dhcp
ip dhcp server exclude-address
Description
The ip dhcp server exclude-address command is used to specify the reserved
IP addresses which are forbidden to allocate, such as the gateway address, the
network segment broadcast address, the server address etc. To delete the
reserved IP addresses, please use no ip dhcp server exclude-address
command.
Syntax
ip dhcp server exclude-address start-ip-address end-ip-address
no ip dhcp server exclude-address start-ip-addr end-ip-address
Parameter
start-ip-address —— Specify the start IP address of the reserved IP pool.
296
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
end-ip-address —— Specify the end IP address of the reserved IP pool. Only
one IP address will be reserved if the end IP address and the start IP address
are the same.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Set the reserved IP addresses from 192.168.1.1 to 192.168.1.9:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip
dhcp
server exclude-address
192.168.1.1
192.168.1.9
ip dhcp server pool
Description
The ip dhcp server pool command is used to create the address pool of DHCP
Server and enter the dhcp configuration mode. To delete the address pool,
please use no ip dhcp server pool command.
Syntax
ip dhcp server pool pool-name
no ip dhcp server pool pool-name
Parameter
pool-name —— Specify the address pool name, ranging from 1 to 8 characters.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create the address pool of name POOL1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip dhcp server pool POOL1
ip dhcp server ping timeout
Description
The ip dhcp server ping timeout command is used to specify the timeout of
PING process. To resume the default value, please use no ip dhcp server ping
timeout command.
Syntax
ip dhcp server ping timeout value
297
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
no ip dhcp server ping timeout
Parameter
value —— Specify the timeout value, ranging from 100 to 10000ms. The default
value is 100ms.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Set the timeout of PING as 200ms:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip dhcp server ping timeout 200
ip dhcp server ping packets
Description
The ip dhcp server ping packets command is used to specify the number of
PING packets sent. If this value is set to 0, the PING process will be disabled.
Syntax
ip dhcp server ping packets num
Parameter
num —— Specify the PING packets’ number, ranging from 0 to 10.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the PING packets’ number as 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip dhcp server ping packets 2
network
Description
The network command is used to specify the address and subnet of the
network pool.
Syntax
network network-address subnet-mask
298
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
network-address —— Specify the network address of the pool, with the format
A.B.C.D. All the IP addresses in the same subnet are allocatable except the
reserved addresses and specific addresses.
subnet-mask —— Specify the subnet mask of the pool, with the format A.B.C.D.
Command Mode
DHCP Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the address pool “product” as 192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip dhcp server pool product
T2700G-28TQ(config-dhcp)# network 192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0
lease
Description
The lease command is used to specify the lease time of the address pool.
Syntax
lease lease-time
Parameter
lease-time —— Specify the lease time of the pool, ranging from 1 to 2880
minutes. The default value is 120 minutes.
Command Mode
DHCP Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the lease time of address pool “product” as 10 minutes:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip dhcp server pool product
T2700G-28TQ(config-dhcp)# lease 10
address hardware-address
Description
The address hardware-address command is used to reserve the static
address bound with hardware address in the address pool. To delete the binding,
please use no address hardware-address.
299
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
address ip-address hardware-address hardware-address hardware-type
{ ethernet | ieee802 }
no address ip-address
Parameter
ip-address —— Specify the static binding IP address.
hardware-address —— Specify the hardware address, in the format
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX.
ethernet | ieee802 —— Specify the hardware type.
Command Mode
DHCP Configuration Mode
Example
Reserve the IP address 192.168.0.10 in the address pool “product” for the
device with the MAC address as 5e:4c:a6:31:24:01 and the hardware type as
ethernet:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip dhcp server pool product
T2700G-28TQ(config-dhcp)#
address
192.168.0.10
hardware-address
5e:4c:a6:31:24:01 hardware-type ethernet
address client-identifier
Description
The address client-identifier command is used to specify the static address
bound with client ID in the address pool. To delete the binding, please use no
address command.
Syntax
address ip-address client-identifier client-id [ascii]
no address ip-address
Parameter
ip-address —— Specify the static binding IP address.
client-id —— Specify the client ID, in the format of hex value.
ascii —— The client ID is entered with ascii characters.
Command Mode
DHCP Configuration Mode
300
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Reserve the IP address 192.168.0.10 in the address pool “product” for the
device with the client ID as abc in ascii:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip dhcp pool product
T2700G-28TQ(dhcp-config)# address 192.168.0.10 client-identifier abc
ascii
default-gateway
Description
The default-gateway command is used to specify the default gateway of the
address pool. To delete the configuration, please use no default-gateway.
Syntax
default-gateway gateway-list
no default-gateway
Parameter
gateway-list —— Specify the gateway list, with the format of A.B.C.D,E.F.G.H. At
most 8 gateways can be configured, separated by comma.
Command Mode
DHCP Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the address pool product’s default gateways as 192.168.0.1 and
192.168.1.1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip dhcp server pool product
T2700G-28TQ(dhcp-config)# default-gateway 192.168.0.1,192.168.1.1
dns-server
Description
The dns-server command is used to specify the DNS server of the address
pool. To delete this configuration, please use no dns-server command.
Syntax
dns-server dns-list
no dns-server
301
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
dns-list —— Specify the DNS server list, with the format of A.B.C.D,E.F.G.H. At
most 8 DNS servers can be configured, separated by comma.
Command Mode
DHCP Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the address pool’s DNS servers as 192.168.0.1 and 192.168.1.1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip dhcp server pool product
T2700G-28TQ(config-dhcp)# dns-server 192.168.0.1,192.168.1.1
show ip dhcp server status
Description
The show ip dhcp server status command is used to display the status of the
DHCP service.
Syntax
show ip dhcp server status
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the status of DHCP service:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip dhcp server status
show ip dhcp server statistics
Description
The show ip dhcp server statistics command is used to display the DHCP
packets received and sent by DHCP server.
Syntax
show ip dhcp server statistics
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
302
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Display the statistics of DHCP packets received and sent by the DHCP server:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip dhcp server statistics
show ip dhcp server pool
Description
The show ip dhcp server pool command is used to display the configuration of
the address pool.
Syntax
show ip dhcp server pool
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configured address pool:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip dhcp server pool
show ip dhcp server excluded-address
Description
The show ip dhcp server excluded-address command is used to display the
configuration of reserved addresses.
Syntax
show ip dhcp server excluded-address
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configured reserved addresses:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip dhcp server excluded-address
303
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show ip dhcp server manual-binding
Description
The show ip dhcp server manual-binding command is used to display the
configuration of static binding address.
Syntax
show ip dhcp server manual-binding
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configured static binding address:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip dhcp server manual-binding
show ip dhcp server binding
Description
The show ip dhcp server binding command is used to display the binding
entries.
Syntax
show ip dhcp server binding [ ip ip-address ]
Parameter
ip-address —— Specify the binding IP address.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the address binding entries:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip dhcp server binding
clear ip dhcp server statistics
Description
The clear ip dhcp server statistics command is used to clear the statistics
information of DHCP packets.
304
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
clear ip dhcp server statistics
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Clear the packet statistics:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# clear ip dhcp server statistics
clear ip dhcp server binding
Description
The clear ip dhcp server binding command is used to clear the binding
information.
Syntax
clear ip dhcp server binding [ ip-address ]
Parameter
ip-address —— Specify the binding IP address.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Clear all the binding addresses:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# clear ip dhcp server binding
305
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 36 DHCP Relay
A DHCP Relay is a Layer 3 device that forwards DHCP packets between clients and servers.
DHCP Relay forward requests and replies between clients and servers when they are not on the
same physical subnet.
ip helper-address
Description
The ip helper-address command is used to add DHCP Server address to the
Layer 3 interface. To delete the server address, please use no ip
helper-address command.
Syntax
ip helper-address ip-address
no ip helper-address [ ip-address ]
Parameter
ip-address —— DHCP Server address.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Add DHCP Server address 192.168.2.1 to interface VLAN 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 1
T2700G-28TQ (config-if)# ip helper-address 192.168.2.1
ip dhcp relay information
Description
The ip dhcp relay information command is used to enable option 82 support in
DHCP Relay. To disable this function, please use no ip dhcp relay information
command.
Syntax
ip dhcp relay information
no ip dhcp relay information
306
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable option 82 support in DHCP Relay:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip dhcp relay information
ip dhcp relay information policy
Description
The ip dhcp relay information policy command is used to specify the policy
when receiving DHCP request packets with Option 82 field. To resume the
default policy, please use no ip dhcp relay information policy command.
Syntax
ip dhcp relay information policy [ drop | keep | replace ]
no ip dhcp relay information policy
Parameter
drop | keep | replace —— Specify the policy. The default policy is keep.
drop: Discard the packet with the Option 82 field.
keep: Keep the Option 82 field in the packet.
replace: Replace the option 82 field with the system option defined by the
switch.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the option 82 policy as replace to replace the Option 82 field with the
local parameter on receiving the DHCP request packet:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip dhcp relay information policy replace
ip dhcp relay information custom
Description
The ip dhcp relay information custom command is used to enable the Option
82 customization function. To disable this function, please use no ip dhcp relay
information custom command.
Syntax
ip dhcp relay information custom
307
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
no ip dhcp relay information custom
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable Option 82 customization:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip dhcp relay information custom
ip dhcp relay information circuit-id
Description
The ip dhcp relay information circuit-id command is used to specify the
custom circuit ID when option 82 customization is enabled. To clear the circuit
ID, please use no ip dhcp relay information circuit-id command.
Syntax
ip dhcp relay information circuit-id circuitID
no ip dhcp relay information circuit-id
Parameter
circuitID —— Specify the circuit ID, ranging from 1 to 63 characters.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the circuit ID as “TP-LINK”:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip dhcp relay information circuit-id TP-LINK
ip dhcp relay information remote-id
Description
The ip dhcp relay information remote-id command is used to specify the
custom remote ID when option 82 customization is enabled. To clear the remote
ID, please use no ip dhcp relay information remote-id command.
Syntax
ip dhcp relay information remote-id remoteID
no ip dhcp relay information remote-id
Parameter
remoteID —— Specify the remote ID, ranging from 1 to 63 characters.
308
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the remote ID as “TP-LINK”:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip dhcp relay information remote-id TP-LINK
show ip dhcp relay
Description
The show ip dhcp relay command is used to display the configuration of DHCP
Relay.
Syntax
show ip dhcp relay
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration of DHCP Relay:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip dhcp relay
309
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 37 Proxy ARP Commands
(License Required)
The switch uses Proxy ARP to help hosts learn MAC addresses of hosts on other networks or
subnets.
ip proxy-arp
Description
The ip proxy-arp command is used to enable Proxy ARP function on the
specified VLAN interface or routed port. To disable IGMP function on this
interface, please use no ip proxy-arp command.
Syntax
ip ip proxy-arp
no ip proxy-arp
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the Proxy ARP function on Interface VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip proxy-arp
Enable the Proxy ARP function on routed port 1/0/2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# no switchport
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip proxy-arp
ip proxy-arp enable default-route
Description
The ip proxy-arp enable default-route command is used to enable the
default-route-searching function when searching for the ARP proxy. To disable
the default-route-checking function, please use no ip proxy-arp enable
default-route command.
310
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
ip proxy-arp enable default-route
no ip proxy-arp enable default-route
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the default-route-searching function when searching for the ARP proxy:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip proxy-arp enable default-route
show ip proxy-arp
Description
The show ip proxy-arp command is used to display the Proxy ARP status.
Syntax
show ip proxy-arp
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the Proxy ARP status:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip proxy-arp
311
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 38 IGMP Commands (License Required)
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) is used between hosts on a LAN and the routers on
this LAN to track the multicast groups of which hosts are multicast members.
ip igmp
Description
The ip igmp command is used to enable IGMP function on the specified
interface. To disable IGMP function on this interface, please use no ip igmp
command.
Syntax
ip igmp
no ip igmp
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the IGMP function on Interface VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#ip igmp
ip igmp version
Description
The ip igmp version command is used to configure the version of IGMP on
specified interface. To restore to the default IGMPv2, please use no ip igmp
version command.
Syntax
ip igmp version { 1 | 2 | 3 }
no ip igmp version
Parameter
1 | 2 | 3 —— Specify the version of the IGMP. The default version is 2.
312
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the IGMP version as version 3 on Interface VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip igmp version 3
ip igmp last-member-query-count
Description
The ip igmp last-member-query-count command is used to configure the
number of Specific Query Messages that the switch sends on specified interface.
To restore to the default value on this interface, please use no ip igmp
last-member- query-count command.
Syntax
ip igmp last-member-query-count count
no ip igmp last-member-query-count
Parameter
count —— Specify the number of Specific Query Messages that the switch
sends, ranging from 1 to 20. The default value is 2.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the number of Specific Query Messages that the switch sends as 3 on
Interface VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip igmp last-member-query-count 3
ip igmp last-member-query-interval
Description
The ip igmp last-member-query-interval command is used to configure the
interval of Specific Query Messages that the switch sends on specified interface.
313
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
To restore to the default value on this interface, please use no ip igmp
last-member-query-interval command.
Syntax
ip igmp last-member-query-interval interval
no ip igmp last-member-query-interval
Parameter
interval —— Specify the interval of Specific Query Messages that the switch
sends, ranging from 1 to 5 seconds. The default value is 1 second.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the interval of Specific Query Messages that the switch sends as 2
seconds on Interface VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip igmp last-member-query-interval 2
ip igmp querier-timeout
Description
The ip igmp querier-timeout command is used to configure the existing time of
the non-querier on specified interface. To restore to the default value on this
interface, please use no igmp querier-timeout command.
Syntax
ip igmp querier-timeout time
no ip igmp querier-timeout
Parameter
time —— Specify the existing time of the non-querier, ranging from 6 to 300
seconds. The default value is 120 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the existing time of non-querier as 100 seconds on Interface VLAN 2:
314
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip igmp querier-timeout 100
ip igmp query-interval
Description
The ip igmp query-interval command is used to configure the interval of
General Query Messages that the switch sends on specified interface. To
restore to the default value on this interface, please use no ip igmp
query-interval command.
Syntax
ip igmp query-interval interval
no ip igmp query-interval
Parameter
interval —— Specify the interval of General Query Messages that the switch
sends, ranging from 1 to 3600 seconds. The default value is 60 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the interval of General Query Messages that the switch sends as 50
seconds on interface VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip igmp query-interval 50
ip igmp query-max-response-time
Description
The ip igmp query-max-response-time command is used to specify the max
response time to the General Query message on specified interface. To restore
to
the
default
value
on
this
interface,
query-max-response-time command.
Syntax
ip igmp query-max-response-time time
no ip igmp query-max-response-time
315
please
use
no
igmp
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
time —— Specify the max response time to the General Query message,
ranging from 1 to 25 seconds. The default value is 10 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the max response time to the General Query message as 5 seconds
on Interface VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip igmp query-max-response-time 5
ip igmp require-router-alert
Description
The ip igmp require-router-alert command is used to configure to check the
router-alert option of the IGMP messages on specified interface. To disable this
check function on this interface, please use no ip igmp require-router-alert
command.
Syntax
ip igmp require-router-alert
no ip igmp require-router-alert
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Check the router-alert option of the IGMP messages on Interface VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip igmp require-router-alert
ip igmp robustness
Description
The ip igmp robustness used to configure the existing time of the non-querier
on specified interface. To restore to the default value on this interface, please
use no ip igmp robustness command.
316
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
ip igmp robustness robustness
no ip igmp robustness
Parameter
robustness —— Specify the robustness of IGMP, ranging from 1 to 255. The
default value is 2.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the robustness of IGMP as 3 on Interface VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip igmp robustness 3
ip igmp send-router-alert
Description
The ip igmp sender-router-alert is used to configure the sending IGMP
messages to carry the router-alert option on specified interface. To disable this
function on this interface, please use no ip igmp send-router-alert command.
This function is enabled by default.
Syntax
ip igmp send-router-alert
no ip igmp send-router-alert
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the sending IGMP messages to carry the router-alert option on
interface VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip igmp send-router-alert
317
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
ip igmp startup-query-interval
Description
The ip igmp startup-query-interval command is used to configure the interval
of Startup Query Messages that the switch sends on specified interface. To
restore to the default value on this interface, please use no ip igmp
startup-query-interval command.
Syntax
ip igmp startup-query-interval interval
no ip igmp startup-query-interval
Parameter
interval —— Specify the interval of Startup Query Messages that the switch
sends, ranging from 1 to 300 seconds. The default value is 15 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the interval of Startup Query Messages that the switch sends as 10
seconds on Interface VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip igmp query-interval 10
ip igmp startup-query-count
Description
The ip igmp startup-query-count command is used to configure the number of
Startup Query Messages that the switch sends on specified interface. To restore
to
the
default
value
on
this
startup-query-count command.
Syntax
ip igmp startup-query-count count
no ip igmp startup-query-count
318
interface,
please
use
no
ip
igmp
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
count —— Specify the number of Startup Query Messages that the switch
sends, ranging from 1 to 20. The default value is 2.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the number of Startup Query Messages that the switch sends as 3 on
Interface VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip igmp last-member-query-count 3
ip igmp static-group (interface vlan)
Description
The ip igmp static-group command is used to configure the static multicast
group on specified interface VLAN. To delete the corresponding multicast
source and group on this interface VLAN, please use no ip igmp static-group
command.
Syntax
ip igmp static-group group-address interface { fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet |
ten-gigabitEthernet } port-list [ source source-address ]
no ip igmp static-group
Parameter
group-address
——
The
multicast
address,
ranging
from
224.0.1.0-239.255.255.255
fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet | ten-gigabitEthernet —— The port type.
port-list —— List of the forwarding ports, in the format of 1/0/1 or 1/0/5-8.
source-address —— The source of the static multicast group. It is a unicast
address.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (interface vlan)
319
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Configure the forwarding ports of the static multicast group 225.1.1.1 as 1/0/1-3
on Interface VLAN 2, and it will receive traffic only from the multicast source
192.168.1.1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#
ip
igmp
static-group
225.1.1.1
interface
gigabitEthernet 1/0/1-3 source 192.168.1.1
Configure the forwarding ports of the static multicast group 225.1.1.2 as 1/0/7-9
on Interface VLAN 2, and it will receive traffic from all sources:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#
ip
igmp
static-group
225.1.1.2
interface
gigabitEthernet 1/0/7-9
ip igmp static-group (routed port)
Description
The ip igmp static-group command is used to configure the static multicast
group on specified routed port. To delete the corresponding multicast source
and group on this routed port, please use no ip igmp static-group command.
Syntax
ip igmp static-group group-address [ source source-address ]
no ip igmp static-group
Parameter
group-address
——
The
multicast
address,
ranging
from
224.0.1.0-239.255.255.255
source-address —— The source of the static multicast group. It is a unicast
address.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode (routed port)
Example
Add the forwarding port 1/0/2 to the static multicast group 225.1.1.1, and it will
receive traffic only from the multicast source 192.168.1.1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if) no switchport
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip igmp static-group 225.1.1.1 source 192.168.1.1
320
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Add the forwarding port 1/0/2 to the static multicast group 225.1.1.2, and it will
receive traffic from all sources:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if) no switchport
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip igmp static-group 225.1.1.2
ip igmp profile
Description
The ip igmp profile command is used to create the configuration profile. To
delete the corresponding profile, please use no ip igmp profile command.
Syntax
ip igmp profile id
no ip igmp profile id
Parameter
id —— Specify the id of the configuration profile, ranging from 1 to 999.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create the profile 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip igmp profile 1
deny
Description
The deny command is used to configure the filtering mode of profile as deny.
Syntax
deny
Command Mode
Profile Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the filtering mode of profile 1 as deny:
321
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip igmp profile 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-igmp-profile)#deny
permit
Description
The permit command is used to configure the filtering mode of profile as permit.
Syntax
permit
Command Mode
Profile Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the filtering mode of profile 1 as permit:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip igmp profile 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-igmp-profile)#permit
range
Description
The range command is used to configure the range of the profile’s filtering
multicast address. To delete the corresponding filtering multicast address,
please use no range command.
Syntax
range start-ip [end-ip]
no range start-ip [end-ip]
Parameter
start-ip —— The start filtering multicast IP address.
end-ip —— The end filtering multicast IP address.
Command Mode
Profile Configuration Mode
322
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Configure one of the filter multicast address entry as range 225.1.1.1 to
226.3.2.1 in profile 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip igmp profile 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-igmp-profile)#range 225.1.1.1 226.3.2.1
ip igmp filter
Description
The ip igmp filter command is used to bind a profile to the specified Ethernet
port or routed port. To delete the profile-port binding entry, please use no ip
igmp filter command.
Syntax
ip igmp filter profile-id
no ip igmp filter profile-id
Parameter
profile-id —— Specify the profile ID to be bound.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Bind profile 1 to the gigabitEthernet 1/0/1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip igmp filter 1
Bind profile 1 to the routed port 1/0/1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# no switchport
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip igmp filter 1
ip igmp max-groups
Description
The ip igmp max-groups command is used to configure the maximum number
of groups that a port can join in. The ip igmp max-groups action is used to
configure the action that the port takes when it receives an IGMP report
323
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
message and the maximum number of entries is in the forwarding table. To
remove the maximum group limitation and return to the default of no limitation
on the specified port, please use the no ip igmp max-groups command. To
return to the default action of dropping the report, please use the no ip igmp
max-groups action command. These commands only apply to the dynamic
multicast groups.
Syntax
ip igmp max-groups max-group
no ip igmp max-groups max-group
ip igmp max-groups action { drop | replace}
no ip igmp max-groups action { drop | replace}
Parameter
max-group —— Specify the maximum number of the dynamic multicast groups
that a port can join. It ranges from 0 to 4294967294.
drop —— When the number of the dynamic multicast groups that a port joins
has exceeded the max-group, the port will not join any new multicast group.
replace —— When the number of the dynamic multicast groups that a port joins
has exceeded the max-group, the newly joined multicast group will replace an
existing multicast group with the lowest multicast group address.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Specify the maximum number of the dynamic multicast groups that the
gigabitEthernet port 1/0/2 can join as 100 and the newly joined multicast group
will replace an existing multicast group with the lowest multicast group address:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip igmp max-groups 100
T2700-28TQ(config-if)#ip igmp max-groups action replace
Specify the maximum number of the dynamic multicast groups that the routed
port 1/0/2 can join as 100 and the newly joined multicast group will replace an
existing multicast group with the lowest multicast group address:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# no switchport
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip igmp max-groups 100
324
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700-28TQ(config-if)#ip igmp max-groups action replace
show ip igmp profile
Description
The show ip igmp profile command is used to display the configuration
information of all the profiles or a specific profile.
Syntax
show ip igmp profile [ id ]
Parameter
id —— Specify the ID of the profile.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration information of all profiles:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip igmp profile
show ip igmp groups
Description
The show ip igmp groups command is used to display the information of all
the dynamic multicast groups or the specified multicast group.
Syntax
show ip igmp groups [group-address ] [ detail ]
Parameter
group-address —— Specify the multicast group address.
detail —— The detailed information of the dynamic multicast groups.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the configuration information of all the dynamic multicast groups:
325
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip igmp groups
show ip igmp groups interface
Description
The show ip igmp groups interface command is used to display the
information of all the dynamic multicast groups on the specified port.
Syntax
show ip igmp groups interface { fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet |
ten-gigabitEthernet } port [ detail ]
Parameter
fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet | ten-gigabitEthernet —— Specify the port type.
port —— Specify the port number.
detail —— The detailed information of the dynamic multicast groups.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the detailed information of the dynamic multicast groups on the
gigabitEthernet 1/0/1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip igmp groups interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1
detail
show ip igmp groups interface vlan
Description
The show ip igmp groups interface vlan command is used to display the
information of all the dynamic multicast groups on the specified Interface.
Syntax
show ip igmp groups interface vlan vlan-id [ detail ]
Parameter
vlan-id —— Specify the interface VLAN ID.
detail —— The detailed information of the
326
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of the dynamic multicast groups on interface VLAN 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip igmp groups interface vlan 1
show ip igmp groups static
Description
The show ip igmp groups static command is used to display the information of
all the static multicast groups.
Syntax
show ip igmp groups static [ detail ]
Parameter
detail —— The detailed information of all the static multicast groups.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of all the static multicast groups:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip igmp groups static
show ip igmp groups static interface
Description
The show ip igmp groups static interface command is used to display the
information of all the static multicast groups on the specified port.
Syntax
show ip igmp groups static interface { fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet |
ten-gigabitEthernet } port [ detail ]
Parameter
fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet | ten-gigabitEthernet —— Specify the port type.
port —— Specify the port number.
327
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
detail —— The detailed information of the static multicast groups.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the detailed information of the static multicast groups on the
gigabitEthernet 1/0/1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip igmp groups static interface gigabitEthernet
1/0/1 detail
show ip igmp groups static interface vlan
Description
The show ip igmp groups static interface vlan command is used to display
the information of all the dynamic multicast groups on the specified Interface
VLAN.
Syntax
show ip igmp groups static interface vlan vlan-id [ detail ]
Parameter
vlan-id —— Specify the interface VLAN ID.
detail —— The detailed information of the dynamic multicast groups.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of the static multicast groups on interface VLAN 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip igmp groups static interface vlan 1
show ip igmp groups port-info (dynamic)
Description
The show ip igmp groups port-info command is used to display the
information of the layer 2 forwarding ports of all the dynamic multicast groups or
in the specified VLAN.
328
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
show ip igmp groups port info [ vlan vlan-id ]
Parameter
vlan-id —— Specify the VLAN ID.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of the layer 2 forwarding ports of all the dynamic
multicast groups:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip igmp groups port-info
show ip igmp interface
Description
The show ip igmp interface command is used to display the IGMP
configuration information on the specified port.
Syntax
show ip igmp interface { fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet | ten-gigabitEthernet }
port [ detail | statistic | max-groups ]
Parameter
fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet | ten-gigabitEthernet —— Specify the port type.
port —— Specify the port number.
detail —— The detailed information of the IGMP configuration on the specified
port.
statistic —— The IGMP packet statistics received on the specified port.
max-groups —— The maximum number of the multicast groups on the specified
port.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the statistics of the IGMP packets received on the gigabitEthernet 1/0/1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip igmp interface gigabitEthernet 1/0/1 statistic
329
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show ip igmp interface vlan
Description
The show ip igmp interface vlan command is used to display the IGMP
configuration information on the specified interface VLAN.
Syntax
show ip igmp interface vlan vlan-id [ detail | statistic]
Parameter
vlan-id —— Specify the interface VLAN ID.
detail —— The detailed information of the IGMP configuration on the specified
interface VLAN.
statistic —— The IGMP packet statistics received on the specified interface
VLAN.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the IGMP configuration information on the Interface VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip igmp interface vlan 2
show ip igmp interface loopback
Description
The show ip igmp interface loopback command is used to display the IGMP
configuration information on the specified interface loopback.
Syntax
show ip igmp interface loopback loopback-id [ detail | statistic ]
Parameter
loopback-id —— Specify the interface loopback ID.
detail —— The detailed information of the IGMP configuration on the specified
interface loopback.
statistic —— The IGMP packet statistics received on the specified interface
loopback.
330
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the detailed IGMP configuration information of the interface loopback 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip igmp interface loopback 1 detail
331
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 39 PIM Commands (License Required)
The Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) protocol is multicast routing protocol which uses unicast
routing information to perform the multicast forwarding function in the three-layer network. PIM can
operate in dense mode or sparse mode.
ip multicast-routing
Description
The ip multicast-routing command is used to enable ip multicast routing
function. To disable the ip multicast routing function and delete all the multicast
routing entries, please use no ip multicast-routing command.
Syntax
ip multicast-routing
no ip multicast-routing
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the IP multicast routing function globally:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip multicast-routing
ip pim
Description
The ip pim command is used to enable PIM function on the specified interface.
To disable the PIM function on this interface, please use no ip pim command.
Syntax
ip pim {dense-mode | sparse-mode}
no ip pim [dense-mode | sparse-mode]
Parameter
dense-mode —— enable PIM with dense mode on the specified interface.
sparse-mode —— enable PIM with sparse mode on the specified interface.
332
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Enable PIM dense mode on interface VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip pim dense-mode
ip pim sg-expiry-timer
Description
The ip pim sg-expiry-timer command is used to specify the expiry time for
routing entries. To restore to the default timer, please use no ip pim
sg-expiry-timer command.
Syntax
ip pim sg-expiry-timer timer
no pim sg-expiry-timer
Parameter
timer —— The expiry time for the routing entries. It ranges from 60 to 65535
seconds and the default value is 210 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the expiry time for the routing entries as 60s:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip pim sg-expiry-timer 60
ip pim spt-threshold infinity
Description
The ip pim spt-threshold infinity command is used to configure all the sources
for the specified group to use the shared tree, never switching to the source tree.
To enable the leaf router to switch to the source tree as soon as it receives the
first multicast data packet, please use the no ip pim spt-threshold infinity
command.
333
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
ip pim spt-threshold infinity
no ip pim spt-threshold infinity
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure all the sources never switch to the source tree:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip pim spt-threshold infinity
ip pim bsr-candidate interface
Description
The ip pim bsr-candidate command is used to configure the candidate BSR on
specified interface. To disable the candidate BSR, please use no ip pim
bsr-candidate command.
Syntax
ip pim bsr-candidate interface { { fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet |
ten-gigabitEthernet } port | loopback id | vlan vlan-id } [ hash-mask-length
mask-len ] [ priority pri ]
no ip pim bsr-candidate
Parameter
fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet | ten-gigabitEthernet —— The port type of the
interface.
port —— The port number.
id —— The interface loopback ID.
vlan-id —— The interface VLAN ID.
mask-len —— Hash function mask length, ranging from 0 to 32.
pri —— The priority of the BSR, ranging from 0 to 255.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the candidate BSR on interface VLAN 2:
334
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip pim bsr-candidate interface vlan 2 hashmask-length 10 priority 20
ip pim rp-candidate interface
Description
The ip pim rp-candidate command is used to configure the candidate RP on
specific interface. To disable the candidate RP on this interface, please use no
ip pim rp-candidate command.
Syntax
ip
pim rp-candidate interface { { fastEthernet |
gigabitEthernet |
ten-gigabitEthernet } port | loopback id | vlan vlan-id } [ priority pri ] [ interval
interval ]
no ip pim rp-candidate interface { { fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet |
ten-gigabitEthernet } port | loopback id | vlan vlan-id }
Parameter
fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet | ten-gigabitEthernet —— The port type of the
interface.
port —— The port number.
id —— The interface loopback ID.
vlan-id —— The interface VLAN ID.
pri —— The priority of the RP, ranging from 0 to 255.
interval —— The interval of RP advertisement interval. It ranges from 1 to 255
seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the candidate RP on interface VLAN 2 with the priority as 20 and the
interval of RP advertisement interval as 70s:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip pim rp-candidate interface vlan 2 priority 20
interval 70
335
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
ip pim rp-address
Description
The ip pim rp-address command is used to configure the static RP. To disable
the static RP, please use no ip pim rp-address command.
Syntax
ip pim rp-address ip-addr [ override ]
no ip pim rp-address ip-addr
Parameter
ip-addr —— Specify the IP address of the static RP.
override —— The RP configured with this command prevails if there is a
conflict between the RP configured with this command and one learned by BSR.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the IP address of the static RP as 20.20.20.2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# ip pim rp-address 20.20.20.2
ip pim bsr-border
Description
The ip pim bsr-border command is used to configure the border of the BSR
packet on each interface that connects to other bordering PIM domains. To
disable the border of BSR on this interface, please use no ip pim bsr-border
command.
Syntax
ip pim bsr-border
no ip pim bsr-border
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the BSR border on VLAN interface 2:
336
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip pim bsr-border
ip pim dr-priority
Description
The ip pim dr-priority command is used to configure the priority of DR. To
restore to the default value of DR priority, please use no ip pim dr-priority
command.
Syntax
ip pim dr-priority pri
no ip pim dr-priority
Parameter
pri —— Specify the priority of DR, ranging from 0 to 4294967294. The default
value is 1.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the DR priority on interface VLAN 2 as 100:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip pim dr-priority 100
ip pim join-prune-interval
Description
The ip pim join-prune-interval command is used to configure the interval of
join/prune packet. To restore to the default value, please use no ip pim
join-prune-interval command.
Syntax
ip pim join-prune-interval interval
no ip pim join-prune-interval
337
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
interval —— Specify the interval of join/prune packet. It ranges from 1 to 18724
seconds. The default value is 60 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the interval of join/prune packet as100s on vlan interface 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip pim join-prune-interval 100
ip pim query-interval
Description
The ip pim query-interval command is used to configure the interval of Hello
packet. To restore to the default value of Hello packet interval, please use no ip
pim query-interval command.
Syntax
ip pim query-interval interval
no ip pim query-interval
Parameter
interval —— Specify the interval of Hello packet. It ranges from 1 to 18725
seconds, and the default is 30 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the interval of Hello packet of 100s on VLAN interface 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip pim query-interval 100
338
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show ip multicast
Description
The show ip multicast command is used to display the IP multicast
information.
Syntax
show ip multicast
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display ip multicast information:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip multicast
show ip mroute
Description
The show ip mroute command is used to display the IP multicast routing table.
Syntax
show ip mroute [ [ group ip-addr ] [ source ip-addr ] | incoming-interface
interface-id ]
Parameter
group ip-addr —— Specify the multicast group IP address.
source ip-addr —— Specify the multicast source IP address.
incoming-interface interface-id —— Specify the incoming interface id of the
multicast group.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display all IP multicast routing entries:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip mroute
339
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show ip pim interface
Description
The show ip pim interface command is used to display the specified PIM
interface information. Using the show ip pim interface command without
parameters displays the detailed information of all the PIM interfaces.
Syntax
show ip pim interface [{ fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet | ten-gigabitEthernet }
port | loopback id | vlan vlan-id ]
Parameter
fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet | ten-gigabitEthernet —— The port type of the
interface.
port —— The port number.
id —— The interface loopback ID.
vlan-id —— The interface VLAN ID, ranging from 1 to 4094.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of all PIM interfaces:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip pim interface
show ip pim neighbor
Description
The show ip pim neighbor command is used to display PIM neighbor
information.
Syntax
show ip pim neighbor [ interface [ { fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet |
ten-gigabitEthernet } port | vlan vlan-id ] ]
Parameter
fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet | ten-gigabitEthernet —— The port type of the
interface.
340
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
port —— The port number.
vlan-id —— The interface VLAN ID.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of all the PIM neighbors:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip pim neighbor
show ip pim bsr-router
Description
The show ip pim bsr-router command is used to display the candidate BSR
and RP information.
Syntax
show ip pim bsr-router
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the BSR and RP settings:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip pim bsr-router
show ip pim rp
Description
The show ip pim rp command is used to display the RP information of the
specified multicast group.
Syntax
show ip pim rp ip-addr [ mapping ]
Parameter
ip-addr —— Specify the multicast group address of the desired RP.
mapping —— Display the active RPs that are cached with associated multicast
routing entries.
341
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the RP information of all the multicast groups:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip pim rp
show ip pim rp-hash
Description
The show ip pim rp-hash command is used to display the hash result of
specified multicast group.
Syntax
show ip pim rp-hash ip-addr
Parameter
ip-addr —— Specify the multicast group address.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the RP hash result of multicast group 224.1.1.2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip pim rp-hash 224.1.1.2
342
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 40 Static
Multicast
Routing
Commands
(License Required)
Multicast routing table uses the RPF (Reverse Path Forwarding) mechanism to determine the
upstream and downstream neighbors basing on the unicast route and the static multicast route.
The RPF feature checks the multicast routing entries and ensures the correct forwarding paths of
the multicast packets. Static multicast routing entry works to change or to connect the RPF routes,
and provides important basis for the RPF check.
ip mroute
Description
The ip mroute command is used to add or modify the static multicast routing
entries. To delete the specified entry, please use no ip mroute command.
Syntax
ip mroute { source-address } {mask} { rpf-address } [ distance ]
no ip mroute { source-address} { mask }
Parameter
source-address —— The IP address of the multicast source, in the format as
192.168.0.1.
mask —— The mask of the multicast source IP address.
rpf-address —— The interface of the specified RPF entry.
distance —— The managing parameter of the static multicast routing entry,
ranging from 0 to 255. If the value of the static multicast routing entry is smaller
than that of other RPF entries, then the static multicast routing entry will take
effect. The default value is 0.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Add a static multicast routing entry with the source address as 192.168.0.1,
mask as 255.255.255.255, rpf-address as 192.168.1.1 and distance as 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#ip mroute 192.168.0.1 255.255.255.255 192.168.1.1 1
343
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show ip mroute static
Description
The show ip mroute command is used to display all the static multicast routing
entries.
Syntax
show ip mroute static
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Displays all the static multicast routing entries:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip mroute static
344
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 41 VRRP Commands (License Required)
The Virtual Router Redundancy protocol is designed to handle default router failures by providing
a scheme to dynamically elect a backup router. The driving force was to minimize “black hole”
periods due to the failure of the default gateway router during which all traffic directed towards it is
lost until the failure is detected. Though static configuration of default routes is popular, such an
approach is susceptible to a single point of failure when the default router fails. VRRP advocates
the concept of a “virtual router” associated with one or more IP addresses that serve as default
gateways. In the event that the VRRP router controlling these IP addresses (formally known as the
Master) fails, the group of IP addresses and the default forwarding role is taken over by a Backup
VRRP router.
vrrp vrid
Description
This command is used to enable the VRRP protocol on an interface and
designates a virtual router ID for it. To disable VRRP protocol of a specified
virtual router on an interface, please use no vrrp vrid command
Syntax
vrrp vrid vrid
no vrrp vrid vrid
Parameter
vrid —— The virtual router ID which has an integer value range from 1 to 255.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the VRRP protocol on interface VLAN 3 and specify the vrid as 4:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface vlan 3
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#vrrp vrid 4
345
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
vrrp vrid virtual-ip
Description
This command is used to add a virtual IP for the virtual router. Up to 5 IP
addresses can be configured to a virtual router. To delete the corresponding
virtual IP, please use no vrrp vrid virtual-ip command.
Syntax
vrrp vrid vrid virtual-ip virtual-ip
no vrrp vrid vrid virtual-ip virtual-ip
Parameter
vrid —— The virtual router ID.
virtual-ip —— The IP address configured to the virtual router, which must be in
the same subnet with the interface.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Add an IP address as 192.168.0.7 for vrid 4 on interface VLAN 3:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface vlan 3
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#vrrp vrid 4 virtual-ip 192.168.0.7
vrrp vrid description
Description
This command is used to configure or modify the description for the virtual
router.
Syntax
vrrp vrid vrid description description
Parameter
vrid —— The virtual router ID.
description ——String to describe the virtual router, which contains 8 characters
at most, composing digits, English letters and under dashes only.
346
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Name the vrid 4 as vr4 on interface VLAN 3:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface vlan 3
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#vrrp vrid 4 description vr4
vrrp vrid priority
Description
This command is used to set the priority value for the virtual router configured
on a specified interface. To restore to the default priority, please use no vrrp
vrid priority command.
Syntax
vrrp vrid vrid priority pri
no vrrp vrid vrid priority
Parameter
vrid —— The virtual router ID.
pri —— Priority, ranging from 1 to 254. By default, the priority value is 100.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the priority for the interface VLAN 3 as 123 in vrid 4:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface vlan 3
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#vrrp vrid 4 priority 123
vrrp vrid timer-advertise
Description
This command sets the frequency, in seconds, that an interface on the specified
virtual router sends a virtual router advertisement. To restore the advertisement
interval to default value for an interface, please use no vrrp vrid
timer-advertise command.
347
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
vrrp vrid vrid timer-advertise adver-interval
no vrrp vrid vrid timer-advertise
Parameter
vrid —— The virtual router ID.
adver-interval —— Advertisement interval, ranging from 1 to 255 in seconds. By
default, it’s 1 second.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the advertisement interval for the interface VLAN 3 as 12 seconds in
vrid 4:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface vlan 3
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#vrrp vrid 4 timer-advertise 12
vrrp vrid preempt-mode
Description
This command sets the preemption mode and the delay time for the virtual
router configured on a specified interface. To set non-preempt mode for the
virtual router configured on a specified interface, please use no vrrp vrid
preempt-mode command. The virtual router is in non-preempt mode by default.
Syntax
vrrp vrid vrid preempt-mode [ timer-delay delay-value ]
no vrrp vrid vrid preempt-mode
Parameter
vrid —— The virtual router ID.
delay-value —— The time that a backup router has to wait for before setting
itself as the master when the current master is considered to be unavailable. It
ranges from 0 to 255 in seconds. By default, it’s 0.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
348
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Enable the preempt Mode and configure the delay time as 12 seconds for the
interface VLAN 3 in vrid 4:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface vlan 3
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#vrrp vrid 4 preempt-mode timer-delay 12
vrrp vrid authentication-mode
Description
This command is used to configure the authorization mode for the virtual router
configured on a specified interface. To restore to the default authorization mode
for the virtual router on the specified interface, please use no vrrp vrid
authentication-mode command.
Syntax
vrrp vrid vrid authentication-mode { simple | md5 }{ [ 0 ] password | 7
encrypted-password }
no vrrp vrid vrid authentication-mode
Parameter
vrid —— The virtual router ID.
simple | md5 —— Authentication mode. By default, it’s none and no
authentication will be performed. “simple” means authentication will be
performed using a text password. “md5” means authentication will be performed
via a text password and MD5 algorithm. This authentication mode has a higher
security than Simple mode.
0 —— Specify the encryption type. 0 indicates that an unencrypted password
will follow. By default, the encryption type is 0.
password —— Super password, a string from 1 to 8 alphanumeric characters or
symbols. The password is case sensitive, allows spaces but ignores leading
spaces, and cannot contain question marks. By default, it is empty.
7 —— Indicates a symmetric encrypted password with a fixed length will follow.
encrypted-password —— A symmetric encrypted password with a fixed length,
which you can copy from another switch configuration. After the encrypted
password is configured, you should use the corresponding unencrypted
password if you re-enter this mode.
349
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
If the password you configured here is unencrypted and the global encryption
function is enabled in service password-encryption, the password in the
configuration file will be displayed in the symmetric encrypted form.
Example
Configure the authentication Mode as md5 and configure the key as 123 for the
interface VLAN 3 in vrid 4:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface vlan 3
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#vrrp vrid 4 authentication-mode md5 123
vrrp vrid track interface
Description
This command is used to add tracked interfaces for the virtual router. To disable
the track function on the specified interface, please use no vrrp vrid track
interface vlan command.
Syntax
vrrp
vrid
vrid
track
interface
{
{ fastEthernet
|
gigabitEthernet
|
ten-gigabitEthernet } port | vlan vlan-id } [ reduce-priority pri ]
no vrrp vrid vrid track interface { { fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet |
ten-gigabitEthernet } port | vlan vlan-id }
Parameter
vrid —— The virtual router ID.
fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet | ten-gigabitEthernet —— The port type of the
interface.
port —— The port number.
vlan-id —— The interface VLAN ID.
pri —— The priority decrement for the tracking interface. The valid range is 1 –
254. The default value is 10.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
350
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Configure the tracked interface as vlan2 and the priority decrement as 10 for the
tracking interface:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface vlan 3
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)#vrrp
vrid
4
track
interface
vlan
vlan2
reduce-priority 10
clear vrrp statistics
Description
This command is used to clear all the statistics about vrrp on the switch.
Syntax
clear vrrp statistics
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Clear all the statistics about vrrp on the switch:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# clear vrrp statistics
show vrrp
Description
This command is used to display the basic configuration information of all the
virtual routers or a specified virtual router.
Syntax
show vrrp [ vrid vrid ][ interface {{ fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet |
ten-gigabitEthernet } port | vlan vlan-id }]
Parameter
vrid —— The virtual router ID.
fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet | ten-gigabitEthernet —— The port type of the
interface.
port —— The port number.
vlan-id —— The interface VLAN ID.
351
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the vrrp information of virtual router 4 on interface VLAN 3:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show vrrp vrid 4 interface vlan 3
show vrrp statistics
Description
This command is used to display the statistics of a virtual router on a specified
interface or all the virtual routers on the switch.
Syntax
show vrrp statistics [ vrid vrid ][ interface {{ fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet |
ten-gigabitEthernet } port | vlan vlan-id }]
Parameter
vrid —— The virtual router ID.
fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet | ten-gigabitEthernet —— The port type of the
interface.
port —— The port number.
vlan-id —— The interface VLAN ID.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the statistics of virtual router 4 on interface 3:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show vrrp statistics vrid 4 interface vlan 3
352
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 42 RIP Commands
The Routing Information Protocol (RIP)is an interior gateway protocol (IGP) created for use in
small and homogeneous networks. It is a distance-vector routing protocol that uses broadcast
User Datagram Protocol (UDP) data packets to exchange routing information.
router rip
Description
The router rip command is used to enable the RIP function and enter router
configuration mode. To disable the RIP function, please use no router rip
command.
Syntax
router rip
no router rip
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the RIP function and enter router configuration mode.
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router rip
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)#
network
Description
The network command is used to enable RIP function on interfaces of the
desired network. To disable the RIP protocol on these interfaces, please use no
network command.
Syntax
network network number
no network network number
353
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
network number ——The network number of the network, in the format of
192.168.0.0.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode (router rip)
Example
Enable RIP function on interfaces of the network 192.168.0.0:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router rip
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# network 192.168.0.0
version
Description
The version command is used to specify the RIP version globally. By default,
the switch sends RIPv1 packets and receives both RIPv1 and RIPv2 packets. To
return to the default configuration, please use no version command.
Syntax
version { 1 | 2 }
no version
Parameter
1 —— Send and receive RIPv1 packets.
2 —— Send and receive RIPv2 packets.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode (router rip)
Example
Specify the RIP version as RIPv2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router rip
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# version 2
354
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
timer basic
Description
The timer basic command is used to configure the RIP protocol timers.
Syntax
timer basic { update update-value | timeout timeout-value | garbage-collect
garbage-collect-value }
Parameter
update-value —— Specify the interval between route updates, ranging from 1 to
100 in seconds. By default, it is 30 seconds.
timeout-value —— Specify the route aging time, ranging from 1 to 300 in
seconds. By default, it is 180 seconds.
garbage-collect-value —— Specify the interval between the routing entry is
invalidated or marked as unreachable and is removed from the routing table. By
default, it is 120 seconds.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode (router rip)
Example
Configure the update timer as 80 seconds:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router rip
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# timer basic update 80
distance
Description
The distance command is used to configure the distance for RIP routes.
Syntax
distance distance
Parameter
distance —— Set the administrative distance for RIP, ranging from 1 to 255. By
default, It is 120.
355
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode (router rip)
Example
Configure the administrative distance of RIP as 20:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router rip
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# distance 20
auto-summary
Description
The auto-summary command is used to enable the Auto Summary mode for
RIPv2. In Auto Summary mode, groups of adjacent routes will be summarized
into single entries, in order to reduce the total number of entries. To disable the
Auto Summary mode, please use no auto-summary command.
Syntax
auto-summary
no auto-summary
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode (router rip)
Example
Configure the RIP version as RIPv2 and disable its Auto Summary mode:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router rip
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# version 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# no auto-summary
default-metric
Description
The default-metric command is used to configure the default metric of
redistributed routes. If a router runs RIP and other routing protocols, you can
configure RIP to redistribute external routes. To return to the default
configuration, please use no default-metric command.
356
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
default-metric metric
no default-metric
Parameter
metric —— Specify the default metric, ranging from 1 to 15. By default, it is 1.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode (router rip)
Example
Configure the default metric of RIP as 5:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router rip
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# default-metric 5
redistribute
Description
The redistribute command is used to enable RIP to redistribute external routes.
By default, it is disabled. To return to the default configuration, please use no
redistribute command.
Syntax
redistribute { static | ospf } metric metric-value
no redistribute { static | ospf } metric
Parameter
static —— Enable RIP to redistribute the external static routes.
ospf —— Enable RIP to redistribute the external OSPF routes.
metric-value —— Configure the metric for the added external route.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode (router rip)
Example
Enable RIP to redistribute the external static routes and specify the metric as 5:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router rip
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# redistribute static metric 5
357
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
passive-interface
Description
The passive-interface command is used to suppress the sending of update
messages through the specified interface. To activate the interface, please use
no passive-interface command.
Syntax
passive-interface interface { interface-type } { interface-number }
no passive-interface interface { interface-type } { interface-number }
Parameter
interface-type ——Type of the interface, including fastEthernet, gigabitEthernet,
ten-gigabitEthernet, loopback and VLAN.
interface-number —— Number of the interface.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode (router rip)
Example
Suppress the sending of update messages through the interface VLAN 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router rip
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# passive-interface interface vlan 1
ip rip receive version
Description
The ip rip receive version command is used to specify the RIP receive version
on the desired interface. To return to the default configuration, please use no rip
receive version command. The interfaces use the global configuration
(configured with version command) before you specify its own RIP
send/receive version.
Syntax
ip rip receive version [1|2]
no ip rip receive version
358
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
1 | 2 —— Specify the RIP receive version. By default, it receives both version 1
and version 2 packets.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the interface VLAN2 to receive RIPv1 packets only:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip rip receive version 1
ip rip send version
Description
The ip rip send version command is used to specify the RIP send version on
the desired interface. To return to the default configuration, please use no rip
send version command. The interfaces use the global configuration
(configured with version command) before you specify its own RIP
send/receive version.
Syntax
ip rip send version {1 | 2}
no ip rip send version
Parameter
1 | 2 —— Specify the RIP send version. By default, it sends version 1 packets.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the interface VLAN2 to send RIPv2 packets only:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip rip send version 2
359
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
ip rip v2-broadcast
Description
The ip rip v2-broadcast command is used to configure the desired interface to
send RIPv2 packets via broadcast. By default, interfaces send RIPv2 packets
via multicast, and the multicast IP address is 224.0.0.9. To return to the default
configuration, please use no ip rip v2-broadcast command.
Syntax
ip rip v2-broadcast
no ip rip v2-broadcast
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the interface VLAN2 to send RIPv2 packets via broadcast:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip rip v2-broadcast
ip rip authentication-mode
Description
The ip rip authentication-mode command is used to configure the
authentication mode of RIP on the desired interface. By default, the
authentication mode is none.
Syntax
ip rip authentication-mode { simple | md5 key-id } { [ 0 ] password | 7
encrypted-password }
ip rip authentication-mode none
Parameter
simple | md5 key-id —— Specify the stack’s authentication mode. “simple”
means authentication will be performed using a text password. “md5” means
authentication will be performed via a text password and MD5 algorithm. Specify
360
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
the key ID if you choose the MD5 authentication mode. The key ID ranges from
1 to 255.
0 —— Specify the encryption type. 0 indicates that an unencrypted password
will follow. By default, the encryption type is 0.
password —— A string from 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters or symbols. The
password is case sensitive and cannot contain spaces and question marks. By
default, it is empty.
7 —— Indicates a symmetric encrypted password with a fixed length will follow.
encrypted-password —— A symmetric encrypted password with a fixed length,
which you can copy from another switch configuration. After the encrypted
password is configured, you should use the corresponding unencrypted
password if you re-enter this mode.
none —— Configure the authentication mode as none.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
If the password you configured here is unencrypted and the global encryption
function is enabled in service password-encryption, the password in the
configuration file will be displayed in the symmetric encrypted form.
Example
Configure the RIP authentication mode of interface VLAN2 as simple, and
specify its key as 123:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip rip authentication-mode simple 123
ip rip poison-reverse
Description
The ip rip poison-reverse command is used to enable poison reverse function
on the desired interface. To disable the poison reverse function, please use no
ip rip poison-reverse command.
Syntax
ip rip poison-reverse
361
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
no ip rip poison-reverse
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Enable poison reverse function on the interface VLAN2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip rip poison-reverse
ip rip split-horizon
Description
The ip rip split-horizon command is used to enable split horizon function on
the desired interface. To disable the split horizon function, please use no ip rip
split-horizon command.
Syntax
ip rip split-horizon
no ip rip split-horizon
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Enable split horizon function on the interface VLAN2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip rip split-horizon
show ip rip
Description
The show ip rip command is used to display the RIP configurations.
Syntax
show ip rip [ interface | database [ specify ip-address mask ] ]
362
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
interface —— Display the RIP interface basic information.
database —— Display the RIP routing table. To display the routing information
of a specified RIP interface, please specify its IP address and subnet mask.
ip-address —— The IP address of which you desire to show the routing
information.
mask —— The subnet mask of which you desire to show the routing
information.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the RIP routing information of the network 192.168.1.0/24:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# show ip rip database specify 192.168.1.0
255.255.255.0
363
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Chapter 43 OSPF Commands (License Required)
OSPF is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) designed expressly for IP networks, supporting IP
subnetting and tagging of externally derived routing information. OSPF also allows packet
authentication and uses IP multicast when sending and receiving packets.
router ospf
Description
The router ospf command is used to create an OSPF routing process and enter
the router configuration mode. Each OSPF routing process is an independent
instance running the OSPF protocol, and they works separately. To delete the
specified OSPF routing process, please use the no router ospf command.
Syntax
router ospf process-id
no router ospf process-id
Parameter
process-id —— Process ID, ranging from 1 to 65535. Five processes can be
created at most.
Command mode
Global Configuration Mode
Example
Create an OSPF routing process with the process ID as 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
router-id
Description
The router-id command is used to configure the router ID. The no router-id
command is used to delete the configured router ID. If no router ID is configured
manually or the configured router ID is deleted, the highest IP address among
all loopback interfaces will be chosen as the router ID.
364
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
router-id router-id
no router-id
Parameter
router-id —— The route ID in the format of dotted decimal notation. 0.0.0.0 is
illegal.
Command mode
Router Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the router ID of OSPF routing process 1 as 1.1.1.1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# router-id 1.1.1.1
network
Description
The network command is used to configure the network of a specified area. All
the interfaces fallen into the configured network will belong to this area. To
delete the specified network and its corresponding interfaces from this area,
please use the no network command.
Syntax
network ip-address wildcard-mask area area-id
no network ip-address wildcard-mask area area-id
Parameter
ip-address —— The IP address of the network.
wildcard-mask —— The wildcard mask of the network (such as 0.0.0.255).
The subnet mask is also compatible (such as 255.0.0.0).
area-id ——The area ID, in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal
notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the network 192.168.0.0/24 in the area 0.0.0.0:
365
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# network 192.168.0.0 255.255.255.0 area
0.0.0.0
summary-address
Description
The summary-address command is used to configure a summary route. To
restore the optional parameters to default values, please use the no
summary-address with corresponding parameters. To delete the specified
summary route, please use no summary-address without any optional
parameters. By default, no external routes will be aggregated.
Use the summary-address command to summary the imported Type-5 LSA
routes in the range of aggregation address if the router you are configured is an
ASBR (Autonomous System Boundary Router).
With the summary-address command configured, the ASBR (Autonomous
System Border Router) will advertise a summary route that covers the networks
in the range to its neighbor routers. While with no summary-address command
configured, the previously aggregated external routes will be advertised again.
Syntax
summary-address ip-address mask [[tag tag] [nssa-only] | not-advertise ]
no summary-address ip-address mask [[tag tag] [nssa-only] | not-advertise ]
Parameter
ip-address—— The IP address of the summary route.
mask —— The subnet mask of the summary route, in the format of dotted
decimal notation.
tag —— The identifier of the summary route, which can be used by the routing
strategy to control the advertisement of the routes. It ranges from 0 to
4294967295 and the default value is 0.
nssa-only —— The summary route will only be advertised to the NSSA. If not
specified, the summary route will be advertised to the normal areas and the
NSSA.
366
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
not-advertise——The summary route will not be advertised. If not specified,
the summary route will be advertised.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the summary route 192.168.0.0/16 which can only be advertised to
the NSSA:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# summary-address 192.168.0.0 255.255.0.0
nssa-only
maximum-paths
Description
The maximum-paths command is used to configure the maximum number of
the equal-cost multipath routings. To restore to default value, please use the no
maximum-paths command.
Syntax
maximum-paths number
no maximum-paths
Parameter
number ——
The maximum number of the equal-cost multipath routings,
ranging from 1 to 32. The default value is 5.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the maximum number of the equal-cost multipath routings as 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# maximum-paths 2
367
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
redistribute
Description
The redistribute command is used to configure the ASBR to redistribute the
external routes from other routing protocols to the OSPF domain in type-5 LSAs.
To cancel this redistribution, please use the no redistribute command without
any optional parameters. To restore the certain optional parameters to default
values, please use the no redistribute command with corresponding
parameters.
Syntax
redistribute { static | rip | ospf process-id } [ metric cost ] [ metric-type type ]
[ tag tag ] [ nssa-only ]
no redistribute { static | rip | ospf process-id } [ metric cost ] [ metric-type
type ] [ tag tag ] [ nssa-only ]
Parameter
static —— Specify the external route type as static.
rip —— Specify the external route type as RIP.
process-id —— The ospf routing process ID, ranging from 1 to 65535。
cost —— The cost of the external routes, ranging from 1 to 16777214. Its
default value is defined in the command default-metric.
type —— The type of the external routes, either 1 or 2. The default value is 2.
tag —— The identifier of the summary route, which can be used by the routing
strategy to control the advertisement of the routes. It ranges from 0 to
4294967295 and the default value is 0.
nssa-only —— The summary route will only be advertised to the NSSA. If not
specified, the summary route will be advertised to the normal areas and the
NSSA.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
368
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Redistribute the RIP routes from the external and advertise them as type 1
external routes in the OSPF domain.
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# redistribute rip metric-type 1
default-metric
Description
The default-metric command is used to configure the default cost of the
redistributing external route. To restore to the default value, please use the no
default-metric command.
Syntax
default-metric cost
no default-metric
Parameter
cost —— The default cost of the redistributing external route, ranging form 1 to
16777214. Its default value is 20.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the default cost of the redistributing external route as 12:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# default-metric 12
default-information originate
Description
The default-information originate command is used to advertise the default
route as AS-External LSA. To cancel the advertisement of the default route,
please use the no default-information originate command without any
optional parameters. To restore the certain parameters to default values, please
369
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
use the no default-information originate command with corresponding
parameters.
Syntax
default-information originate [ always ] [ metric cost ] [ metric-type type ]
no default-information originate [ always ] [ metric cost ] [ metric-type
type ]
Parameter
always —— OSPF will advertise the default route whether there is default route
is the IP routing table or not. If the parameter is not configured, OSPF will
advertise the default route only when there is default route in the IP routing
table.
cost——The default cost of the default route, ranging form 1 to 16777214. Its
default value is 1.
type —— The type of the external routes, either 1 or 2. The default value is 2.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
Example
Configure OSPF to advertise the default route whether there is default route is
the IP routing table or not:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# default-information originate always
auto-cost
Description
The auto-cost command is used to enable the auto computing function of the
interface cost and configure the reference bandwidth. The interface cost is the
ratio of the reference bandwidth to the interface bandwidth. To restore the
reference bandwidth to default value, please use the no auto-cost
reference-bandwidth command. To disable the auto computing function of the
interface cost, please use the no auto-cost command without parameters.
Syntax
auto-cost [ reference-bandwidth bandwidth ]
370
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
no auto-cost [ reference-bandwidth bandwidth ]
Parameter
bandwidth —— The reference bandwidth, ranging from 1 to 4294967 Mbps. Its
default value is 1000Mbps.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
Example
Enable the auto computing function of the interface cost and configure the
reference bandwidth as 10000 Mbps:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# auto-cost reference-bandwidth 10000
distance
Description
The distance command is used to configure the OSPF administrative distance.
To restore to the default distance, please use the no distance command. The
administrative distance represents the priority of the routes. The smaller
administrative distance corresponds to higher priority. When different routing
protocols possess the same route to the same destination, the route with the
highest priority will be selected to add to the IP routing table according to the
administrative distance.
Syntax
distance administrative-distance
no distance
Parameter
administrative-distance —— Routing administrative distance, ranging from 0 to
255. Its default value is 110.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the OSPF routing administrative distance as 100:
371
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# distance 100
timers throttle spf
Description
The timers throttle spf command is used to configure the computing delay and
interval of the SPF, thus preventing the consumption of the CPU and memory
caused by frequent SPF computing. To restore to the default value, please use
the no timers throttle spf command.
Syntax
timers throttle spf spf-delay spf-holdtime
no timers throttle spf
Parameter
spf-delay—— The delay time of the SPF computing, ranging from 1 to 600
seconds. The default value is 5 seconds.
spf-holdtime —— The minimum interval between two SPF computings, ranging
from 1 to 600 seconds. The default value is 5 seconds.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the computing delay and interval of the SPF as 10 seconds:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# timers throttle spf 10 10
timers lsa arrival
Description
The timers lsa arrival command is used to configure the minimum interval time
of the same LSA instances. The same LSA instances will be discarded without
acknowledgement if their actual arriving interval is smaller than the configured
interval. To restore to the default value, please use the no timers lsa arrival
command.
372
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
timers lsa arrival milliseconds
no timers lsa arrival
Parameter
milliseconds —— The minimum interval time of the same LSA instances,
ranging from 0 to 600000 milliseconds. Its default value is 1000 milliseconds.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the minimum interval time of the same LSA instances as 2000
milliseconds:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# timers lsa arrival 2000
compatible rfc1583
Description
The compatible rfc 1583 command is used to configure the OSPF’s
compatibility for the routing rules in the RFC 1583. To cancel the compatibility,
please use the no compatible rfc1583 command. It is compatible by default.
Syntax
compatible rfc1583
no compatible rfc1583
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the OSPF’s compatibility for the routing rules in RFC 1583:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# compatible rfc1583
373
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
passive-interface
Description
The passive-interface command is used to prevent an interface from sending
OSPF packets. To restore to the default settings, please use no
passive-interface command. The interface is allowed to send OSPF packets by
default.
Syntax
passive-interface
{
{ fastEthernet
|
gigabitEthernet
|
ten-gigabitEthernet } port | loopback id | vlan vlan-id }
no
passive-interface
{
{ fastEthernet
|
gigabitEthernet
|
ten-gigabitEthernet } port | loopback id | vlan vlan-id }
Parameter
fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet | ten-gigabitEthernet —— The port type of the
interface.
port —— The port number.
id —— The interface loopback ID.
vlan-id —— The interface VLAN ID.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
Example
Prevent interface VLAN 1 from sending OSPF packets in routing process 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# passive-interface vlan 1
passive-interface range
Description
The passive-interface range command is used to prevent several interfaces
from sending OSPF packets. To restore to the default settings, please use no
passive-interface command. The interfaces are allowed to send OSPF packets
by default.
374
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
passive-interface range
{
{ fastEthernet
|
gigabitEthernet
|
ten-gigabitEthernet } port-list | loopback id-list | vlan vlan-list }
no
passive-interface range
{
{ fastEthernet
|
gigabitEthernet
|
ten-gigabitEthernet } port-list| loopback id-list | vlan vlan-list }
Parameter
fastEthernet | gigabitEthernet | ten-gigabitEthernet —— The port type of the
interfaces.
port-list —— The ports’ number.
id-list —— The interface loopback IDs.
vlan-list —— The interface VLAN IDs.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
Example
Prevent interface VLAN 1-3 from sending OSPF packets in routing process 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# passive-interface vlan 1-3
passive-interface default
Description
The passive-interface default command is used to prevent all the interfaces
from sending OSPF packets. To restore to the default settings, please use no
passive-interface default command. All the interfaces are allowed to send
OSPF packets by default.
Syntax
passive-interface default
no passive-interface default
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
375
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Prevent all the interfaces from sending OSPF packets in routing process 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# passive-interface default
no area
Description
The no area command is used to delete the specified area. Only areas
containing no networks can be deleted.
Syntax
no area area-id
Parameter
area-id ——The area ID, in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal
notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
Example
Delete the OSPF area 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)#no area 1
area description
Description
The area description command is used to configure the area name. To delete
the name of the specified area, please use the no area description command.
Syntax
area area-id description descript
no area area-id description
376
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
area-id —— The area ID, in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal
notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295.
descript—— The area name, ranging from 1 to 20 characters.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the name of area 0 as SOFT:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# area 0 description SOFT
area authentication
Description
The area authentication command is used to configure the authentication
mode of the specified area. Interfaces in this area will be authorized using the
area’s authentication mode if their authentication modes are not configured
manually. To restore to the default setting, please use the no area
authentication command. It is not authorized by default.
Syntax
area area-id authentication [ message-digest ]
no area area-id authentication
Parameter
area-id —— The area ID, in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal
notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295.
message-digest —— MD5 authentication. If this parameter is missing, a simple
authentication will be applied.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
377
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Configure the authentication mode of area 0 as simple authentication:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# area 0 authentication
area stub
Description
The area stub command is used to define an area as a stub area. To restore the
stub area to a normal one, please use the no area stub command.
Syntax
area area-id stub [ no-summary ]
no area area-id stub [ no-summary ]
Parameter
area-id ——The area ID, in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal
notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295.
no-summary —— Configure the stub are as a totally stub area, where the ABR
advertises neither the destinations in other areas nor the external routes. The
stub area is not a totally stub area by default.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the area 1 as a totally stub area:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# area 1 stub no-summary
area nssa
Description
The area nssa command is used to define an area as a nssa area. To restore
the stub area to a normal one, please use the no area stub command without
378
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
any optional parameters. To restore the certain parameters to default values,
please use the no area nssa command with corresponding parameters.
Syntax
area
area-id
nssa
no-redistribution
[
]
no-summary
[
]
[ default-information-originate [ metric cost ] [ metric-type type ]]
no
area
area-id
nssa
[
no-redistribution
]
[
no-summary
]
[ default-information-originate [ metric cost ] [ metric-type type ]]
Parameter
area-id —— The area ID, in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal
notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295.
no-redistribution —— Select to not import routes into the NSSA.
no-summary —— Select to not send summary LSAs into the NSSA.
default-information-originate —— Select on an ABR to allow importing default
route as type 7 LSAs into the NSSA.
cost—— The default route cost with the default value as 1. It ranges from 1 to
16777214.
type—— The default route type with the default value as 2. It is either 1 or 2.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
Example
Configure Area 1 as a total NSSA area:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# area 1 nssa no-summary
area default-cost
Description
The area default-cost command is to configure the cost of default summary
route sent from ABR to STUB or NSSA area.
Syntax
area area-id default-cost cost
no area area-id default-cost
379
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
area-id —— The area ID, in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal
notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295.
cost—— The cost value. It ranges from 1 to 16777214 and the default value is
1.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Command
Example
Configure the cost of default summary route sent to Area 1 as 10:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# area 1 default-cost 10
area range
Description
The area range is to configure a summary route. To delete this route, please
use the no area range command. By default no route is summarized.
This command is only used with the ABR to summarize the route information of
a certain area. The ABR only sends one summarized route of the routes in the
aggregated segment to the other areas. An area can be configured with multiple
summary segments, which can be aggregated by OSPF.
If the no area range command is configured, the formally summarized routes
will be redistributed.
Syntax
area area-id range ip-address mask [ cost cost ] [ not-advertise ]
no area area-id range ip-address mask [ cost cost ] [ not-advertise ]
Parameter
area-id —— The area ID, in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal
notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295.
ip-address—— The destination of the aggregated route.
mask—— The network mask of the aggregated route, in the format of dotted
decimal notation.
380
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
cost—— The cost of the aggregated route, ranging from 1 to 16777214. The
default value is the maximum one of all the aggregated routes.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
Example
Configure one aggregated route 100.100.0.0/16 with the cost 10 in the Area 0:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# area 0 range 100.100.0.0 255.255.0.0 cost 10
area virtual-link
Description
The area virtual-link command is used to configure the virtual-link. To delete
the configured virtual-link, please use the no area virtual-link without any
optional parameters. To restore the certain parameters to default values, please
use the no area virtual-link command with corresponding parameters.
Syntax
area transit-area virtual-link router-id [ dead-interval dead-interval ]
[
hello-interval
hello-interval
]
[
retransmit-interval
rtx-interval
]
[ transmit-delay trans-delay ]
no area transit-area virtual-link router-id [ dead-interval dead-interval ]
[
hello-interval
hello-interval
]
[
retransmit-interval
rtx-interval
]
[ transmit-delay trans-delay ]
Parameter
transit-area —— The transition area ID in the format of an IP address in dotted
decimal notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295.
router-id —— The ID of the neighboring router on the opposite end of the virtual
link, in the format of dotted decimal notation.
hello-interval —— The interval of the hello packets, ranging from 1 to 65535
seconds and the default value is 10 seconds.
dead-interval —— The time after which the neighbor becomes invalid. It ranges
from 1 to 65535 seconds and the default value is 4 times as the hello-interval.
381
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
rtx-interval —— The retransmission interval of the LSA, DD and LSR packets. It
ranges from 1 to 65535 seconds and the default value is 5 seconds.
trans-delay —— The LSA transmission delay. It ranges from 1 to 65535
seconds and the default value is 1 seconds.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
Example
Configure a virtual-link with the transmission area as Area 1 and the ID of the
neighboring router on the other endpoint as 1.1.1.1:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# area 1 virtual-link 1.1.1.1
area virtual-link authentication
Description
The area virtual-link authentication command is used to configure the
authentication type of the virtual link. The virtual link is not authenticated by
default. To restore to default value, please use the no area virtual-link
authentication command.
Syntax
area transit-area virtual-link router-id authentication [ message-digest | null ]
no area transit-area virtual-link router-id authentication
Parameter
transit-area —— The transition area ID in the format of an IP address in dotted
decimal notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295.
router-id —— The ID of the neighboring router on the other endpoint of the
virtual link, in the format of dotted decimal notation.
message-digest —— Configure the configuration type as MD5.
null —— No authentication. By default it is no authentication.
If no authentication mode is specified here, the default mode will be simple
authentication.
382
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
Example
Configure simple authentication as the authentication mode of a virtual-link with
the transmission area as Area 2 and the ID of the neighboring router on the
other endpoint as 3.3.3.3:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# area 2 virtual-link 3.3.3.3 authentication
Description
The area virtual-link authentication-key command is used to configure the
simple authentication key. To delete the key, please use the no area virtual-link
authentication-key command.
Syntax
area transit-area virtual-link router-id authentication-key key
no area transit-area virtual-link router-id authentication-key
Parameter
transit-area —— The transition area ID in the format of an IP address in dotted
decimal notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295.
router-id —— The ID of the neighboring router on the other endpoint of the
virtual link, in the format of dotted decimal notation.
key —— The authentication string, ranging from 1 to 8 characters.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
Example
Configure simple authentication as the authentication mode of a virtual-link with
the transmission area as Area 2 and the ID of the neighboring router on the
other endpoint as 3.3.3.3, and the authentication key as 123456:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# area 2 virtual-link 3.3.3.3 authentication-key
123456
383
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
area virtual-link authentication-key
Description
The area virtual-link authentication-key command is used to configure the
simple authentication key. To delete the key, please use the no area virtual-link
authentication-key command.
Syntax
area transit-area virtual-link router-id authentication-key { [ 0 ] password | 7
encrypted-password }
no area transit-area virtual-link router-id authentication-key
Parameter
transit-area —— The transition area ID, in the format of an IP address in dotted
decimal notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295.
router-id —— The ID of the neighboring router on the other endpoint of the
virtual link, in the format of dotted decimal notation.
0 —— Specify the encryption type. 0 indicates that an unencrypted password
will follow. By default, the encryption type is 0.
password —— Super password, a string from 1 to 8 alphanumeric characters or
symbols. The password is case sensitive, allows spaces but ignores leading
spaces, and cannot contain question marks. By default, it is empty.
7 —— Indicates a symmetric encrypted password with a fixed length will follow.
encrypted-password —— A symmetric encrypted password with a fixed length,
which you can copy from another switch configuration. After the encrypted
password is configured, you should use the corresponding unencrypted
password if you re-enter this mode.
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
If the password you configured here is unencrypted and the global encryption
function is enabled in service password-encryption, the password in the
configuration file will be displayed in the symmetric encrypted form.
384
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Example
Configure the authentication mode of a virtual-link as simple authentication, with
the transmission area as Area 2 and the ID of the neighboring router on the
other endpoint as 3.3.3.3, and the authentication key as 123456:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# area 2 virtual-link 3.3.3.3 authentication-key
123456
area virtual-link message-digest-key
Description
The area virtual-link message-digest-key is used to configure the MD5
authentication ID and key of the virtual-link. To delete the specified configuration,
please use the no area virtual-link message-digest- key command.
Syntax
area transit-area virtual-link router-id message-digest-key id md5 { [ 0 ]
password | 7 encrypted-password }
no area transit-area virtual-link router-id message-digest-key id
Parameter
transit-area —— The transition area ID, in the format of an IP address in dotted
decimal notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295.
router-id —— The ID of the neighboring router on the other endpoint of the
virtual link, in the format of dotted decimal notation.
id—— The key ID of the MD5, ranging from 1 to 255.
0 —— Specify the encryption type. 0 indicates that an unencrypted password
will follow. By default, the encryption type is 0.
password —— Super password, a string from 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters
or symbols. The password is case sensitive, allows spaces but ignores leading
spaces, and cannot contain question marks. By default, it is empty.
7 —— Indicates a symmetric encrypted password with a fixed length will follow.
encrypted-password —— A symmetric encrypted password with a fixed length,
which you can copy from another switch configuration. After the encrypted
password is configured, you should use the corresponding unencrypted
password if you re-enter this mode.
385
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Router Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
If the password you configured here is unencrypted and the global encryption
function is enabled in service password-encryption, the password in the
configuration file will be displayed in the symmetric encrypted form.
Example
Configure the authentication mode of a virtual-link as md5 authentication, with
the transmission area as Area 2 and the ID of the neighboring router on the
other endpoint as 3.3.3.3, with the authentication ID as 2 and the authentication
key as 123456:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# router ospf 1
T2700G-28TQ(config-router)# area 2 virtual-link 3.3.3.3 message-digestkey 2 md5 123456
ip ospf cost
Description
The ip ospf cost is used to configure the interface cost. To restore to the default
value, please use the no ip ospf cost command.
Syntax
ip ospf cost cost
no ip ospf cost
Parameter
cost —— The interface cost, ranging from 1 to 65535. The default value is
calculated according to the bandwidth.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the cost of interface VLAN 2 as 10:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip ospf cost 10
386
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
ip ospf retransmit-interval
Description
The ip ospf retransmit-interval command is used to configure the interval to
retransmit the LSA, DD and LSR packets on the specified interface. To restore
to default value, please use the no ip ospf retransmit-interval command.
Syntax
ip ospf retransmit-interval interval
no ip ospf retransmit-interval
Parameter
interval—— The retransmit interval, ranging from 1 to 65535 seconds. The
default value is 5 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the retransmission interval of interface VLAN 2 as 10 seconds:
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip ospf retransmit-interval 10
ip ospf transmit-delay
Description
The ip ospf transmit-delay is used to configure the transmission delay of LSA
on the specified interface. To restore to default value, please use the no ip ospf
transmit-delay.
Syntax
ip ospf transmit-delay delay
no ip ospf transmit-delay
Parameter
delay—— The LSA transmission delay, ranging from 1 to 65535 seconds. The
default value is 1 second.
387
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the LSA transmission delay of interface VLAN 2 as 2 seconds.
T2700G-28TQ(config)# interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip ospf retransmit-delay 2
ip ospf priority
Description
The ip ospf priority is used to configure the priority of the specified interface.
To restore to the default value, please use the no ip ospf priority command.
Syntax
ip ospf priority pri
no ip ospf priority
Parameter
pri —— The priority of the interface, ranging from 0 to 255 and the default value
is 1. Interface with the priority 0 cannot be elected as DR or BDR.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the priority of the interface VLAN 2 as 1:
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip ospf priority 1
ip ospf hello-interval
Description
The ip ospf hello-interval is used to configure the hello intervals on the
specified interface. To restore to the default value, please use the no ip ospf
hello-interval command.
388
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
ip ospf hello-interval interval
no ip ospf hello-interval
Parameter
Interval —— The interval of the hello packets, ranging from 1 to 65535 seconds
and the default value is 10 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the interval of the hello packets sent on interface VLAN 2 as 20
seconds:
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip ospf hello-interval 20
ip ospf dead-interval
Description
The ip ospf dead-interval command is used to set the number of seconds after
the last device hello packet was seen before its neighbors declare the OSPF
router to be down. To restore to default value, please use the no ip ospf
dead-interval command.
Syntax
ip ospf dead-interval interval
no ip ospf dead-interval
Parameter
interval—— The neighbor’s failure interval, ranging from 1 to 65535 seconds
and the default is 4 times the hello interval.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the neighbor’s failure interval on interface VLAN 2 as 50 seconds:
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip ospf dead-interval 50
389
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
ip ospf authentication
Description
The ip ospf authentication command is used to configure the authentication
mode of the specified interface. To restore to default value, please use the no ip
ospf authentication command.
Syntax
ip ospf authentication [ message-digest ] [ null ]
no ip ospf authentication
Parameter
message-digest—— Specify the authentication type as MD5.
null —— No authentication. By default it is no authentication.
If no authentication mode is specified here, the default mode will be simple
authentication.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the authentication type of interface VLAN 2 as MD5:
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip ospf authentication message-digest
ip ospf authentication-key
Description
The ip ospf authentication-key command is used to configure the key of the
simple authentication. To cancel this configuration, please use the no ip ospf
authentication-key command.
Syntax
ip ospf authentication-key { [ 0 ] password | 7 encrypted-password }
no ip ospf authentication-key
Parameter
0 —— Specify the encryption type. 0 indicates that an unencrypted password
will follow. By default, the encryption type is 0.
390
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
password —— Super password, a string from 1 to 8 alphanumeric characters or
symbols. The password is case sensitive, allows spaces but ignores leading
spaces, and cannot contain question marks. By default, it is empty.
7 —— Indicates a symmetric encrypted password with a fixed length will follow.
encrypted-password —— A symmetric encrypted password with a fixed length,
which you can copy from another switch configuration. After the encrypted
password is configured, you should use the corresponding unencrypted
password if you re-enter this mode.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
If the password you configured here is unencrypted and the global encryption
function is enabled in service password-encryption, the password in the
configuration file will be displayed in the symmetric encrypted form.
Example
Configure the authentication mode of interface VLAN 2 as simple authentication,
and the password as 123:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip ospf authentication-key 123
ip ospf message-digest-key
Description
The ip ospf message-digest-key is used to configure the ID and password of
the md5 authentication on the specified interface. To cancel the configuration,
please use no ip ospf message-digest-key command.
Syntax
ip ospf message-digest-key id md5 { [ 0 ] password | 7 encrypted-password }
no ip ospf message-digest-key id
Parameter
id —— The ID of the md5 authentication key, ranging from 1 to 255.
0 —— Specify the encryption type. 0 indicates that an unencrypted password
will follow. By default, the encryption type is 0.
391
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
password —— Super password, a string from 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters
or symbols. The password is case sensitive, allows spaces but ignores leading
spaces, and cannot contain question marks. By default, it is empty.
7 —— Indicates a symmetric encrypted password with a fixed length will follow.
encrypted-password —— A symmetric encrypted password with a fixed length,
which you can copy from another switch configuration. After the encrypted
password is configured, you should use the corresponding unencrypted
password if you re-enter this mode.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
User Guidelines
If the password you configured here is unencrypted and the global encryption
function is enabled in service password-encryption, the password in the
configuration file will be displayed in the symmetric encrypted form.
Example
Configure md5 authentication key ID as 1 and password as abc on interface
VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config)#interface vlan 2
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip ospf message-digest-key 1 md5 abc
ip ospf network
Description
The ip ospf network command is used to configure the network type on the
specified interface. To restore to default, please use the no ip ospf network
command.
Syntax
ip ospf network { broadcast | point-to-point }
no ip ospf network
Parameter
broadcast —— The broadcast network type. It is the default value.
point-to-point —— The point-to-point network type.
392
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure the network type on interface VLAN 2 as broadcast::
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip ospf network broadcast
ip ospf database-filter all out
Description
The ip ospf database-filter all out command is used to block the flooding of
the LSA packets on the specified interface. To restore to default, please use the
no ip ospf database-filter all out command. By default, OSPF floods new
LSAs over all interfaces in the same area, except the interface on which the LSA
arrives.
Syntax
ip ospf database-filter all out
no ip ospf database-filter all out
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Block the flooding of the LSA packets on interface VLAN 2:
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip ospf database-filter all out
ip ospf mtu-ignore
Description
The ip ospf mtu-ignore command is used to ignore the MTU check in the DD
exchanging process. This check is scheduled by default and the adjacency
relationship will not establish if the MTUs are not matched. To restore to the
default value, please use the no ip ospf mtu-ignore command.
Syntax
ip ospf mtu-ignore
393
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
no ip ospf mtu-ignore
Command Mode
Interface Configuration Mode
Example
Configure interface VLAN 2 to ignore the MTU field check in the DD exchange
process:
T2700G-28TQ(config-if)# ip ospf mtu-ignore
clear ip ospf
Description
The clear ip ospf command is used to reset the OSPF process, which will clear
all the dynamic information. The clear ip ospf process command will reset all
the OSPF processes.
Syntax
clear ip ospf [ process-id ]
clear ip ospf process
Parameter
process-id —— The process ID, ranging from 1 to 65535.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode
Example
Reset all the OSPF processes:
T2700G-28TQ# clear ip ospf process
show ip ospf
Description
The show ip ospf is used to display the global information of the OSPF
process.
394
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Syntax
show ip ospf [ process-id ]
Parameter
process-id ——
The process ID, ranging from 1 to 65535. The global
information of all the OSPF processes will be displayed if no process-id is
specified.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the global information of all the OSPF processes:
T2700G-28TQ# show ip ospf
show ip ospf database
Description
The show ip ospf database command is used to display the LSDB. The
detailed LSA information will be displayed if the LSA type is specified. The LSDB
summary information will be displayed if the LSA type is not specified.
Syntax
show ip ospf [ process-id ] database [ asbr-summary | external | network |
nssa-external | router | summary ]
Parameter
process-id —— The process ID, ranging from 1 to 65535. The LSDBs of all
processes will be displayed if no process ID is specified.
asbr-summary | external | network | nssa-external | router | summary —— The
LSA type.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the detailed information of router-LSA in process 1:
T2700G-28TQ# show ip ospf 1 database router
395
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show ip ospf interface
Description
The show ip ospf interface command is used to display the interface
information.
Syntax
show ip ospf [ process-id ] interface [ brief | interface-name interface-number ]
Parameter
process-id —— The process ID. The information of all the processes will be
displayed if process ID is not specified.
brief—— Display the summary information of the interface.
interface-name interface-number —— Specify the interface name and number
to display the interface’s detailed information.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the information of the interfaces in all the OSPF processes:
T2700G-28TQ# show ip ospf interface
show ip ospf neighbor
Description
The show ip ospf neighbor command is used to display information of the
OSPF neighbor.
Syntax
show
ip
ospf
[
process-id
]
neighbor
[
detail
|
interface-name
interface-number ]
Parameter
process-id —— The process ID, ranging from 1 to 65535. The neighbors’
information of all processes will be displayed if no process ID is specified.
detail—— The detailed information of the neighbor.
396
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
interface-name interface-number——Specify the interface name and number to
display the neighbor’s detailed information on this interface.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the neighbors’ detailed information in process 1:
T2700G-28TQ# show ip ospf 1 neighbor detail
show ip ospf request-list
Description
The show ip ospf request-list command is used to display the LSA request list.
Syntax
show ip ospf [ process-Id ] request-list [ interface-name interface-number |
neighbor-id ]
Parameter
process-id —— The process ID, ranging from 1 to 65535. The LSA quest lists of
all processes will be displayed if no process ID is specified.
interface-name interface-number —— Specify the interface name and number
to display the LSA request list on this interface.
neighbor-id —— Specify the neighbor ID to display the LSA request list of this
neighbor.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the LSA quest lists of all OSPF processes:
T2700G-28TQ# show ip ospf request-list
397
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show ip ospf retransmission-list
Description
The show ip ospf retransmission-list is used to display the LSA
retransmission list.
Syntax
show
ip
ospf
[
process-id
]
retransmission-list
[
interface-name
interface-number | neighbor-id ]
Parameter
process-id —— The process ID, ranging from 1 to 65535. The LSA
retransmission lists of all processes will be displayed if no process ID is
specified.
interface-name interface-number——Specify the interface name and number to
display the LSA retransmission list on this interface.
neighbor-id —— Specify the neighbor router’s ID to display the LSA
retransmission list of this neighbor.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display LSA retransmission lists of all the OSPF processes:
T2700G-28TQ# show ip ospf retransmission-list
show ip ospf summary-address
Description
The show ip ospf summary-address is used to display the ASBR summary
routes.
Syntax
show ip ospf [ process-id ] summary-address
Parameter
process-id —— The process ID, ranging from 1 to 65535. The summary routes
of all processes will be displayed if no process ID is specified.
398
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the summary routes of all processes:
T2700G-28TQ# show ip ospf summary-address
show ip ospf virtual-links
Description
The show ip ospf virtual-links is used to display the virtual links.
Syntax
show ip ospf [ process-id ] virtual-links
Parameter
process-id —— The process ID, ranging from 1 to 65535. The virtual links of all
processes will be displayed if no process ID is specified.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the virtual links of all the OSPF processes:
T2700G-28TQ# show ip ospf virtual-links
show ip ospf border-routers
Description
The show ip ospf border-routers is used to display the routing tables of the
ABR/ASBR.
Syntax
show ip ospf [ process-id ] border-routers
Parameter
process-id —— The process ID, ranging from 1 to 65535. The ABR/ASBR
routing tables of all processes will be displayed if no process ID is specified.
399
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the ABR/ASBR routing tables of all the OSPF processes:
T2700G-28TQ# show ip ospf border-routers
show ip route ospf
Description
The show ip route ospf command is used to display the OSPF routing table.
Syntax
show ip route ospf [ process-id ]
Parameter
process-id —— The process ID, ranging from 1 to 65535. The routing tables of
all OSPF processes will be displayed if no process ID is specified.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the routing tables of all the OSPF processes:
T2700G-28TQ# show ip route ospf
show ip ospf area database
Description
The show ip ospf area database command is used to display the LSDB of the
specified area. The detailed LSA information will be displayed if the LSA type is
specified. The LSDB summary information will be displayed if the LSA type is
not specified.
Syntax
show ip ospf process-id area area-id database [ asbr-summary | external |
network | nssa-external | router | summary ]
400
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
Parameter
process-id —— The process ID, ranging from 1 to 65535.
area-id —— The area ID, in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal
notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295.
asbr-summary | external | network | nssa-external | router | summary —— The
LSA type.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the LSDB summary information of Area 0 in process 1:
T2700G-28TQ# show ip ospf 1 area 0 database
show ip ospf area interface
Description
The show ip ospf area interface command is used to display the interface
information of the specified area.
Syntax
show ip ospf process-id area area-id interface [ brief | interface-name
interface-number ]
Parameter
process-id —— The process ID, ranging from 1 to 65535.
area-id ——The area ID, in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal
notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295.
brief—— Display the summary information of the interface.
interface-name interface-number—— Specify the interface name and number
to display the detailed information of this interface.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the detailed information of all the interfaces of Area 0 in process 1:
T2700G-28TQ# show ip ospf 1 area 0 interface
401
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
show ip ospf area neighbor
Description
The show ip ospf are neighbor command is used to display the neighbor
information of the specified area.
Syntax
show ip ospf process-id area area-id neighbor [ detail | interface-name
interface-number ]
Parameter
process-id —— The process ID, ranging from 1 to 65535.
area-id ——The area ID, in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal
notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295.
detail—— The detailed information of the neighbor.
interface-name interface-number—— Specify the interface name and number to
display the detailed neighbor’s information on this interface.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display the summary information of the neighbors of Area 0 in process1:
T2700G-28TQ# show ip ospf 1 area 0 neighbor
show ip ospf area request-list
Description
The show ip ospf area request-list command is used to display the LSA
request list of the specified area.
Syntax
show ip ospf process-id area area-id request-list [ interface-name
interface-number | neighbor-id ]
Parameter
process-id —— The process ID, ranging from 1 to 65535.
402
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
area-id ——The area ID, in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal
notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295.
interface-name interface-number——Specify the interface name and number to
display the LSA request list on this interface.
neighbor-id——Specify neighbor router ID to display the LSA request list on this
neighbor.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display LSA request list of Area 0 in process1:
T2700G-28TQ# show ip ospf 1 area 0 request-list
show ip ospf area retransmission-list
Description
The show ip ospf area retransmission-list command is used to display the
LSA retransmission list of the specified area.
Syntax
show ip ospf process-id area area-id retransmission-list [ interface-name
interface-number | neighbor-id ]
Parameter
process-id —— The process ID, ranging from 1 to 65535.
area-id —— The area ID, in the format of an IP address in dotted decimal
notation or decimal value ranging from 0 to 4294967295.
interface-name interface-number —— Specify the interface name and number
to display the LSA retransmission list on this interface.
neighbor-id —— Specify neighbor router ID to display the LSA retransmission
list on this neighbor.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC Mode and Any Configuration Mode
Example
Display LSA retransmission list of Area 0 in process1:
403
T2700G-28TQ
JetStream 28-Port Gigabit Stackable L2+ Managed Switch CLI Guide
T2700G-28TQ# show ip ospf 1 area 0 retransmission-list
404
Download PDF